]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
Fix an issue with "Rearrange MIPS INSN* masks" patch.
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
4b95cf5c 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
4b95cf5c 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
4b95cf5c 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 251 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 252@end ifset
625e1353
RH
253@ifset ALPHA
254
255@emph{Target Alpha options:}
256 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
257 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 258 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
259 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
260 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
261@end ifset
252b5132 262@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
263
264@emph{Target ARC options:}
265 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
266 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
267@end ifset
268@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 271@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
272 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
273 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
274 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
275 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 276 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 277 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
279 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
280 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 281 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 282@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
283@ifset Blackfin
284
285@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
286 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
287 [@b{-mfdpic}]
288 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
289 [@b{-mnopic}]
290@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
291@ifset CRIS
292
293@emph{Target CRIS options:}
294 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
295 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
296 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 297 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
298@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
299@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
300@end ifset
252b5132 301@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
302
303@emph{Target D10V options:}
304 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
305@end ifset
306@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D30V options:}
309 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 310@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
311@ifset EPIPHANY
312
313@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
314 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
315@end ifset
252b5132 316@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
317
318@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
319 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset HPPA
322@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
323@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
324@ifset I80386
325
326@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 327 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 328 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
331
332@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 333@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
334 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
335 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
336 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
402 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 403 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 404 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5 405 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 406 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 407 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 409 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 410 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 411 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 412 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 413 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 414 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 415 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 416 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 417 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 418 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 419 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 420 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 421 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
422 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
423 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 424 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 425 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
426@end ifset
427@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
428
429@emph{Target MMIX options:}
430 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
431 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
432 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 433 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 434@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
435@ifset NIOSII
436
437@emph{Target Nios II options:}
438 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
439 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
440@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
441@ifset NDS32
442
443@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
444 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
445 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
446 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
447 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
448 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
449 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
450 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
451 [@b{-mb2bb}]
452@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
453@ifset PDP11
454
455@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
456 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
457 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 458 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
459@end ifset
460@ifset PJ
461
462@emph{Target picoJava options:}
463 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
464@end ifset
465@ifset PPC
466
467@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
468 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
469 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
470 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 471 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 472 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
473 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
474 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 475 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
476 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
477 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 478 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 479 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 480@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
481@ifset RX
482
483@emph{Target RX options:}
484 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 485 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
486 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
487 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
488 [@b{-mpid}]
489 [@b{-mrelax}]
490 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
491 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 492@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
493@ifset S390
494
495@emph{Target s390 options:}
496 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
497 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
498 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
499@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
500@ifset SCORE
501
502@emph{Target SCORE options:}
503 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
504 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
505 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
506 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
507@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
508@ifset SPARC
509
510@emph{Target SPARC options:}
511@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
512 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
513 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
514 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
515 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
516@end ifset
517@ifset TIC54X
518
519@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 520 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
521 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
522@end ifset
3c9b82ba 523
40b36596
JM
524@ifset TIC6X
525
526@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
527 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
528 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
529 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 530@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
531@ifset TILEGX
532
533@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 534 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
535@end ifset
536@ifset TILEPRO
537@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
538@end ifset
40b36596 539
2d8b84ae
SA
540@ifset XTENSA
541
542@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
543 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
544 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
545 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
546 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 547 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae
SA
548@end ifset
549
3c9b82ba
NC
550@ifset Z80
551
552@emph{Target Z80 options:}
553 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
554 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
555 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
556 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
557 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
558 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
559 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
560@end ifset
561
a4fb0134
SC
562@ifset Z8000
563@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 564@end ifset
e0001a05 565
0285c67d 566@c man end
252b5132
RH
567@end smallexample
568
0285c67d
NC
569@c man begin OPTIONS
570
a4fb0134 571@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 572@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 573
83f10cb2 574@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
575Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
576
a4fb0134 577@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
578@item -ac
579omit false conditionals
580
581@item -ad
582omit debugging directives
583
83f10cb2
NC
584@item -ag
585include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
586
252b5132
RH
587@item -ah
588include high-level source
589
590@item -al
591include assembly
592
593@item -am
594include macro expansions
595
596@item -an
597omit forms processing
598
599@item -as
600include symbols
601
602@item =file
603set the name of the listing file
604@end table
605
606You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
607listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
608the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
609
caa32fe5 610@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
611Begin in alternate macro mode.
612@ifclear man
613@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
614@end ifclear
caa32fe5 615
955974c6
CC
616@item --compress-debug-sections
617Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
618to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
619compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
620
621@item --nocompress-debug-sections
622Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
623
252b5132
RH
624@item -D
625Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
626other assemblers.
627
3d6b762c
JM
628@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
629When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
630information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
631
252b5132
RH
632@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
633Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
634@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
635indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
636value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
637use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
638
639@item -f
640``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
641compiler output).
642
329e276d
NC
643@item -g
644@itemx --gen-debug
645Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
646debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
647ECOFF or DWARF2.
648
252b5132
RH
649@item --gstabs
650Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
651may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
652
05da4302
NC
653@item --gstabs+
654Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
655extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
656debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
657may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
658the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
659
329e276d 660@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 661Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 662may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 663option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 664
b40bf0a2
NC
665@item --gdwarf-sections
666Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
667.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
668corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
669will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
670@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
671then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
672suffix.
673
21be61f5
L
674@item --size-check=error
675@itemx --size-check=warning
676Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
677
252b5132
RH
678@item --help
679Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
680
ea20a7da
CC
681@item --target-help
682Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
683
252b5132
RH
684@item -I @var{dir}
685Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
686
687@item -J
688Don't warn about signed overflow.
689
690@item -K
691@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
692This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
693@end ifclear
694@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
695Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
696@end ifset
697
698@item -L
699@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
700Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
701system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
702or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
703@ifclear man
704@xref{Symbol Names}.
705@end ifclear
252b5132 706
c3a27914
NC
707@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
708Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
709listing to @var{number}.
710
711@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
712Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
713lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
714
715@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
716Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
717@var{number} bytes.
718
719@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
720Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
721to @var{number} + 1.
722
252b5132 723@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 724Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
725
726@item -R
727Fold the data section into the text section.
728
4bdd3565
NC
729@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
730Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
731@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
732assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
733memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
734requirements at the expense of speed.
735
736@item --reduce-memory-overheads
737This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
738assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
739@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
740
252b5132
RH
741@item --statistics
742Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
743assembly.
744
745@item --strip-local-absolute
746Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
747
748@item -v
749@itemx -version
a4fb0134 750Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
751
752@item --version
a4fb0134 753Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
754
755@item -W
2bdd6cf5 756@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
757Suppress warning messages.
758
2bdd6cf5
GK
759@item --fatal-warnings
760Treat warnings as errors.
761
762@item --warn
763Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
764
252b5132
RH
765@item -w
766Ignored.
767
768@item -x
769Ignored.
770
771@item -Z
772Generate an object file even after errors.
773
774@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
775Standard input, or source files to assemble.
776
777@end table
2a633939
JM
778@c man end
779
a06ea964
NC
780@ifset AARCH64
781
782@ifclear man
783@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
784for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
785@end ifclear
786
787@ifset man
788@c man begin OPTIONS
789The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
79064-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
791@c man end
792@c man begin INCLUDE
793@include c-aarch64.texi
794@c ended inside the included file
795@end ifset
796
797@end ifset
798
2a633939
JM
799@ifset ALPHA
800
801@ifclear man
802@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
803for an Alpha processor.
804@end ifclear
805
806@ifset man
807@c man begin OPTIONS
808The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
809processor.
810@c man end
811@c man begin INCLUDE
812@include c-alpha.texi
813@c ended inside the included file
814@end ifset
815
816@end ifset
252b5132 817
2a633939 818@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
819@ifset ARC
820The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
821an ARC processor.
822
a4fb0134 823@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
824@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
825This option selects the core processor variant.
826@item -EB | -EL
827Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
828@end table
829@end ifset
830
831@ifset ARM
832The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
833processor family.
834
a4fb0134 835@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 836@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 837Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 838@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 839Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 840@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 841Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
842@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
843Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
844@item -mthumb
845Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 846@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
847Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
848@item -EB | -EL
849Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
850@item -mthumb-interwork
851Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
852ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
853@item -mccs
854Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
855@item -k
856Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
857@end table
858@end ifset
635fb38d 859@c man end
252b5132 860
9982501a 861@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
862
863@ifclear man
864@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
865configured for the Blackfin processor family.
866@end ifclear
867
868@ifset man
869@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
870The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
871the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
872@c man end
873@c man begin INCLUDE
874@include c-bfin.texi
875@c ended inside the included file
876@end ifset
9982501a 877
9982501a
JZ
878@end ifset
879
635fb38d 880@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
881@ifset CRIS
882See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
883@end ifset
884
252b5132
RH
885@ifset D10V
886The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
887a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 888@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
889@cindex D10V optimization
890@cindex optimization, D10V
891@item -O
892Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
893@end table
894@end ifset
895
896@ifset D30V
897The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
898processor.
a4fb0134 899@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
900@cindex D30V optimization
901@cindex optimization, D30V
902@item -O
903Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
904
905@cindex D30V nops
906@item -n
907Warn when nops are generated.
908
909@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
910@item -N
911Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
912@end table
913@end ifset
731caf76
L
914@c man end
915
cfb8c092
NC
916@ifset EPIPHANY
917The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
918Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
919
56b13185
JR
920@ifclear man
921@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
922configured for an Epiphany processor.
923@end ifclear
cfb8c092 924
56b13185
JR
925@ifset man
926@c man begin OPTIONS
927The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
928an Epiphany processor.
929@c man end
930@c man begin INCLUDE
931@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
932@c ended inside the included file
933@end ifset
934
935@end ifset
936
937@ifset H8300
938
939@ifclear man
940@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
941for an H8/300 processor.
942@end ifclear
943
944@ifset man
945@c man begin OPTIONS
946The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
947processor.
948@c man end
949@c man begin INCLUDE
950@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
951@c ended inside the included file
952@end ifset
cfb8c092 953
cfb8c092
NC
954@end ifset
955
731caf76 956@ifset I80386
252b5132 957
731caf76
L
958@ifclear man
959@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
960configured for an i386 processor.
961@end ifclear
962
963@ifset man
964@c man begin OPTIONS
965The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
966an i386 processor.
967@c man end
968@c man begin INCLUDE
969@include c-i386.texi
970@c ended inside the included file
971@end ifset
972
973@end ifset
974
975@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
976@ifset I960
977The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
978Intel 80960 processor.
979
a4fb0134 980@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
981@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
982Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
983
984@item -b
985Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
986
987@item -no-relax
988Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
989error if necessary.
990
991@end table
992@end ifset
993
a40cbfa3
NC
994@ifset IP2K
995The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 996Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
997
998@table @gcctabopt
999
1000@item -mip2022ext
1001Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1002
1003@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1004Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1005just the basic IP2022 ones.
1006
1007@end table
1008@end ifset
1009
49f58d10
JB
1010@ifset M32C
1011The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1012Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1013
1014@table @gcctabopt
1015
1016@item -m32c
1017Assemble M32C instructions.
1018
1019@item -m16c
1020Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1021
c54b5932
DD
1022@item -relax
1023Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1024
1025@item -h-tick-hex
1026Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1027
49f58d10
JB
1028@end table
1029@end ifset
1030
ec694b89
NC
1031@ifset M32R
1032The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1033Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1034
a4fb0134 1035@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1036
1037@item --m32rx
1038Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1039is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1040
1041@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1042Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1043encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1044
1045@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1046Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1047encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1048
1049@end table
1050@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1051
1052@ifset M680X0
1053The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1054Motorola 68000 series.
1055
a4fb0134 1056@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1057
1058@item -l
1059Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1060
0285c67d
NC
1061@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1062@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1063@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1064Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1065is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1066
1067@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1068The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1069The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1070the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1071two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1072coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1073
1074@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1075The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1076unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1077
1078@end table
1079@end ifset
1080
36591ba1
SL
1081@ifset NIOSII
1082
1083@ifclear man
1084@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1085for an Altera Nios II processor.
1086@end ifclear
1087
1088@ifset man
1089@c man begin OPTIONS
1090The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1091Altera Nios II processor.
1092@c man end
1093@c man begin INCLUDE
1094@include c-nios2.texi
1095@c ended inside the included file
1096@end ifset
1097@end ifset
1098
e135f41b
NC
1099@ifset PDP11
1100
1101For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1102see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1103
a4fb0134 1104@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1105@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1106Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1107default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1108
1109@item -mall
1110@itemx -mall-extensions
1111Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1112
1113@item -mno-extensions
1114Disable all instruction set extensions.
1115
1116@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1117Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1118
1119@item -m@var{cpu}
1120Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1121disable all other extensions.
1122
1123@item -m@var{machine}
1124Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1125model, and disable all other extensions.
1126@end table
1127
1128@end ifset
1129
041dd5a9
ILT
1130@ifset PJ
1131The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1132a picoJava processor.
1133
a4fb0134 1134@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1135
1136@cindex PJ endianness
1137@cindex endianness, PJ
1138@cindex big endian output, PJ
1139@item -mb
1140Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1141
1142@cindex little endian output, PJ
1143@item -ml
1144Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1145
1146@end table
1147@end ifset
1148
60bcf0fa
NC
1149@ifset M68HC11
1150The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1151Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1152
a4fb0134 1153@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1154
6927f982 1155@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1156Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1157defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1158
6927f982
NC
1159@item --xgate-ramoffset
1160Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1161XGATE address space.
1162
2f904664
SC
1163@item -mshort
1164Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1165
1166@item -mlong
01642c12 1167Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1168
1169@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1170Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1171
1172@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1173Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1174
1370e33d 1175@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1176Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1177conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1178sub routine.
1179
1370e33d
NC
1180@item -S | --short-branches
1181Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1182when the offset is out of range.
1183
1184@item --strict-direct-mode
1185Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1186when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1187
1188@item --print-insn-syntax
1189Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1190
1191@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1192Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1193
1194@item --generate-example
6927f982 1195Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1196This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1197
1198@end table
1199@end ifset
1200
252b5132 1201@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1202The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1203for the SPARC architecture:
1204
a4fb0134 1205@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1206@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1207@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1208Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1209
1210@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1211@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1212
1213@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1214UltraSPARC extensions.
1215
1216@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1217For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1218equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1219
1220@item -bump
1221Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1222@end table
1223@end ifset
1224
39bec121
TW
1225@ifset TIC54X
1226The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1227architecture.
39bec121 1228
a4fb0134 1229@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1230@item -mfar-mode
1231Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1232extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1233@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1234Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1235@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1236Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1237behaviour in the shell.
1238@end table
1239@end ifset
1240
252b5132
RH
1241@ifset MIPS
1242The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1243a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1244
a4fb0134 1245@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1246@item -G @var{num}
1247This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1248implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1249use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1250
1251@cindex MIPS endianness
1252@cindex endianness, MIPS
1253@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1254@item -EB
1255Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1256
1257@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1258@item -EL
1259Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1260
1261@cindex MIPS ISA
1262@item -mips1
1263@itemx -mips2
1264@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1265@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1266@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1267@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1268@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1269@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1270@itemx -mips64r2
98508b2a 1271Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1272@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1273alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1274@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13 1275@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
81566a9b
MR
1276@samp{-mips64r2} correspond to generic MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2,
1277MIPS64, and MIPS64 Release 2 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1278
98508b2a
RS
1279@item -march=@var{cpu}
1280Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1281
1282@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1283Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1284
1285@item -mfix7000
1286@itemx -mno-fix7000
1287Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1288of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1289
a8d14a88
CM
1290@item -mfix-rm7000
1291@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1292Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1293followed by a load instruction.
1294
ecb4347a
DJ
1295@item -mdebug
1296@itemx -no-mdebug
1297Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1298section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1299
dcd410fe
RO
1300@item -mpdr
1301@itemx -mno-pdr
1302Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1303
437ee9d5
TS
1304@item -mgp32
1305@itemx -mfp32
1306The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1307flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1308all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1309and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1310
1311@item -mips16
1312@itemx -no-mips16
1313Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1314@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1315turns off this option.
252b5132 1316
df58fc94
RS
1317@item -mmicromips
1318@itemx -mno-micromips
1319Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1320@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1321turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1322at the start of the assembly file.
1323
e16bfa71
TS
1324@item -msmartmips
1325@itemx -mno-smartmips
1326Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1327equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1328@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1329
1f25f5d3
CD
1330@item -mips3d
1331@itemx -no-mips3d
1332Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1333This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1334@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1335
deec1734
CD
1336@item -mdmx
1337@itemx -no-mdmx
1338Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1339This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1340@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1341
2ef2b9ae
CF
1342@item -mdsp
1343@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1344Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1345This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1346@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1347
8b082fb1
TS
1348@item -mdspr2
1349@itemx -mno-dspr2
1350Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1351This option implies -mdsp.
1352This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1353@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1354
56d438b1
CF
1355@item -mmsa
1356@itemx -mno-msa
1357Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1358This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1359@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1360
7d64c587
AB
1361@item -mxpa
1362@itemx -mno-xpa
1363Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1364This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1365@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1366
ef2e4d86
CF
1367@item -mmt
1368@itemx -mno-mt
1369Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1370This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1371@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1372
dec0624d
MR
1373@item -mmcu
1374@itemx -mno-mcu
1375Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1376This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1377@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1378
833794fc
MR
1379@item -minsn32
1380@itemx -mno-insn32
1381Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1382microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1383instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1384the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1385option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1386start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1387selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1388
437ee9d5
TS
1389@item --construct-floats
1390@itemx --no-construct-floats
1391The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1392double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1393value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1394the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1395selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1396
3bf0dbfb
MR
1397@item --relax-branch
1398@itemx --no-relax-branch
1399The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1400branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1401out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1402
ba92f887
MR
1403@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1404Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1405(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1406
252b5132
RH
1407@cindex emulation
1408@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1409This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1410on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1411removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1412It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1413
1414The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1415@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1416is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1417big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1418preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1419
1420@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1421@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1422the native tools.
1423
252b5132
RH
1424@item --trap
1425@itemx --no-trap
1426@itemx --break
1427@itemx --no-break
1428Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1429@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1430(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1431@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1432break exception.
63486801
L
1433
1434@item -n
a4fb0134 1435When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1436time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1437@end table
1438@end ifset
1439
1440@ifset MCORE
1441The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1442an MCore processor.
1443
a4fb0134 1444@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1445@item -jsri2bsr
1446@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1447Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1448The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1449
1450@item -sifilter
1451@itemx -nosifilter
1452Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1453The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1454
1455@item -relax
1456Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1457
ec694b89
NC
1458@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1459Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1460can be assembled.
1461
1462@item -EB
1463Assemble for a big endian target.
1464
1465@item -EL
1466Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1467
1468@end table
1469@end ifset
a3c62988 1470@c man end
252b5132 1471
a3c62988
NC
1472@ifset METAG
1473
1474@ifclear man
1475@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1476for a Meta processor.
1477@end ifclear
1478
1479@ifset man
1480@c man begin OPTIONS
1481The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1482Meta processor.
1483@c man end
1484@c man begin INCLUDE
1485@include c-metag.texi
1486@c ended inside the included file
1487@end ifset
1488
1489@end ifset
1490
1491@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1492@ifset MMIX
1493See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1494@end ifset
1495
35c08157
KLC
1496@ifset NDS32
1497
1498@ifclear man
1499@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1500for a NDS32 processor.
1501@end ifclear
1502@c ended inside the included file
1503@end ifset
1504
1505@ifset man
1506@c man begin OPTIONS
1507The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1508NDS32 processor.
1509@c man end
1510@c man begin INCLUDE
1511@include c-nds32.texi
1512@c ended inside the included file
1513@end ifset
1514
635fb38d 1515@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1516@ifset PPC
1517
1518@ifclear man
1519@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1520for a PowerPC processor.
1521@end ifclear
1522
1523@ifset man
1524@c man begin OPTIONS
1525The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1526PowerPC processor.
1527@c man end
1528@c man begin INCLUDE
1529@include c-ppc.texi
1530@c ended inside the included file
1531@end ifset
1532
1533@end ifset
1534
635fb38d 1535@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1536@ifset RX
1537See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1538@end ifset
1539
11c19e16
MS
1540@ifset S390
1541The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1542processor family.
1543
1544@table @gcctabopt
1545@item -m31
1546@itemx -m64
1547Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1548@item -mesa
1549@item -mzarch
1550Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1551Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1552@item -march=@var{processor}
1553Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1554@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1555@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1556@item -mregnames
1557@itemx -mno-regnames
1558Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1559@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1560Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1561but evaluates to zero.
1562@end table
1563@end ifset
2a633939 1564@c man end
11c19e16 1565
40b36596 1566@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1567
1568@ifclear man
1569@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1570for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1571@end ifclear
1572
1573@ifset man
1574@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1575The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1576TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1577@c man end
1578@c man begin INCLUDE
1579@include c-tic6x.texi
1580@c ended inside the included file
1581@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1582
1583@end ifset
1584
aa137e4d
NC
1585@ifset TILEGX
1586
1587@ifclear man
1588@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1589for a TILE-Gx processor.
1590@end ifclear
1591
1592@ifset man
1593@c man begin OPTIONS
1594The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1595processor.
1596@c man end
1597@c man begin INCLUDE
1598@include c-tilegx.texi
1599@c ended inside the included file
1600@end ifset
1601
1602@end ifset
1603
e0001a05 1604@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1605
2d8b84ae
SA
1606@ifclear man
1607@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1608for an Xtensa processor.
1609@end ifclear
1610
1611@ifset man
1612@c man begin OPTIONS
1613The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1614Xtensa processor.
1615@c man end
1616@c man begin INCLUDE
1617@include c-xtensa.texi
1618@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1619@end ifset
1620
2d8b84ae
SA
1621@end ifset
1622
1623@c man begin OPTIONS
1624
3c9b82ba
NC
1625@ifset Z80
1626The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1627a Z80 family processor.
1628@table @gcctabopt
1629@item -z80
1630Assemble for Z80 processor.
1631@item -r800
1632Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1633@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1634@itemx -Wnud
1635Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1636@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1637@itemx -Wnup
1638Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1639@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1640@itemx -Wud
1641Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1642@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1643@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1644Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1645@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1646@itemx -Fud
1647Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1648@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1649@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1650Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1651@end table
1652@end ifset
1653
0285c67d
NC
1654@c man end
1655
252b5132
RH
1656@menu
1657* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1658* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1659* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1660* Command Line:: Command Line
1661* Input Files:: Input Files
1662* Object:: Output (Object) File
1663* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1664@end menu
1665
1666@node Manual
1667@section Structure of this Manual
1668
1669@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1670This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1671@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1672notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1673@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1674
1675@ifclear GENERIC
1676We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1677configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1678@end ifclear
1679@ifset GENERIC
1680This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1681various flavors of the assembler.
1682@end ifset
1683
1684@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1685On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1686to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1687In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1688architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1689mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1690particular architecture.
1691@ifset GENERIC
1692You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1693machine architecture manual for this information.
1694@end ifset
1695@ifclear GENERIC
1696@ifset H8/300
1697For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1698Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1699Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1700@end ifset
252b5132 1701@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1702For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1703see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1704@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1705@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1706@end ifset
1707@ifset Z8000
1708For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1709@end ifset
1710@end ifclear
1711
1712@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1713@ignore
1714Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1715the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1716Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1717computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1718once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1719qualification.
1720
a4fb0134 1721@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1722human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1723computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1724@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1725@end ignore
1726
1727@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1728@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1729@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1730@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1731@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1732@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1733@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1734@c directives).
1735
1736@node GNU Assembler
1737@section The GNU Assembler
1738
0285c67d
NC
1739@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1740
a4fb0134 1741@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1742@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1743This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1744configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1745@end ifclear
1746If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1747should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1748architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1749including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1750@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1751
1752@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1753@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1754@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1755@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1756assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1757machine would assemble.
1758@ifset VAX
1759Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1760@end ifset
1761@ifset M680X0
1762@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1763@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1764This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1765assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1766incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1767@end ifset
1768
0285c67d
NC
1769@c man end
1770
a4fb0134 1771Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1772program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1773@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1774
1775@node Object Formats
1776@section Object File Formats
1777
1778@cindex object file format
1779The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1780object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1781write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1782are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1783Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1784@ifclear GENERIC
1785@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1786For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1787@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1788@end ifclear
1789@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1790@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1791On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1792@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1793@end ifset
1794@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1795On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1796SOM or ELF format object files.
1797@end ifset
1798@end ifclear
1799
1800@node Command Line
1801@section Command Line
1802
1803@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1804
a4fb0134 1805After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1806options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1807before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1808significant.
1809
1810@cindex standard input, as input file
1811@kindex --
1812@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1813explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1814
1815@cindex options, command line
1816Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1817hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1818@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1819option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1820the letter is important. All options are optional.
1821
1822Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1823name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1824with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1825standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1826
1827@smallexample
1828@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1829@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1830@end smallexample
1831
1832@node Input Files
1833@section Input Files
1834
1835@cindex input
1836@cindex source program
1837@cindex files, input
1838We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1839describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1840be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1841doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1842
1843@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1844@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1845The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1846order specified.
1847
0285c67d 1848@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1849Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1850program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1851(The standard input is also a file.)
1852
a4fb0134 1853You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1854names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1855command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1856is taken to be an input file name.
1857
a4fb0134
SC
1858If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1859from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1860may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1861to assemble.
1862
1863Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1864in your command line.
1865
a4fb0134 1866If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1867file.
1868
0285c67d
NC
1869@c man end
1870
252b5132
RH
1871@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1872
1873@cindex input file linenumbers
1874@cindex line numbers, in input files
1875There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1876either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1877number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1878``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1879
1880@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1881to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1882
1883@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1884directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1885error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1886is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1887@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1888@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1889
1890@node Object
1891@section Output (Object) File
1892
1893@cindex object file
1894@cindex output file
1895@kindex a.out
1896@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1897Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1898your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1899is the object file. Its default name is
1900@ifclear BOUT
1901@code{a.out}.
1902@end ifclear
1903@ifset BOUT
1904@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1905@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1906@end ifset
a4fb0134 1907@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1908@end ifset
a4fb0134 1909You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1910object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1911reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1912directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1913possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1914
1915@cindex linker
1916@kindex ld
1917The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1918assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1919the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1920information for the debugger.
1921
1922@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1923@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1924
1925@node Errors
1926@section Error and Warning Messages
1927
0285c67d
NC
1928@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1929
a349d9dd 1930@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1931@cindex warning messages
1932@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1933@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1934file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1935runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1936that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1937grave problem that stops the assembly.
1938
0285c67d
NC
1939@c man end
1940
252b5132
RH
1941@cindex format of warning messages
1942Warning messages have the format
1943
1944@smallexample
1945file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1946@end smallexample
1947
1948@noindent
1949@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1950(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1951(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1952the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1953@ifset GENERIC
1954(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1955@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1956then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1957otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1958message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1959tradition).
1960
1961@cindex format of error messages
1962Error messages have the format
1963@smallexample
1964file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1965@end smallexample
1966The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1967messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1968because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1969
1970@node Invoking
1971@chapter Command-Line Options
1972
1973@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1974This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1975versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1976for options specific
252b5132 1977@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1978to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1979@end ifclear
1980@ifset GENERIC
1981to particular machine architectures.
1982@end ifset
1983
0285c67d
NC
1984@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1985
c1253627 1986If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1987you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1988The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1989by commas. For example:
1990
1991@smallexample
1992gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1993@end smallexample
1994
1995@noindent
1996This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1997standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1998local symbols in the symbol table).
1999
2000Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2001command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2002(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2003precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2004assembler.)
2005
0285c67d
NC
2006@c man end
2007
252b5132 2008@menu
83f10cb2 2009* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2010* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2011* D:: -D for compatibility
2012* f:: -f to work faster
2013* I:: -I for .include search path
2014@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2015* K:: -K for compatibility
2016@end ifclear
2017@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2018* K:: -K for difference tables
2019@end ifset
2020
ba83aca1 2021* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2022* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2023* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2024* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2025* o:: -o to name the object file
2026* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2027* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2028* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2029* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2030* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2031* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2032@end menu
2033
2034@node a
83f10cb2 2035@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2036
2037@kindex -a
2038@kindex -ac
2039@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2040@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2041@kindex -ah
2042@kindex -al
2043@kindex -an
2044@kindex -as
2045@cindex listings, enabling
2046@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2047
2048These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2049@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2050You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2051@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2052@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2053@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2054High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2055@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2056also.
2057
83f10cb2
NC
2058Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2059information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2060
252b5132
RH
2061Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2062which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2063other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2064omitted from the listing.
2065
2066Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2067listing.
2068
2069Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2070listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2071@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2072@code{.sbttl}.
2073The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2074If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2075listing-control directives have no effect.
2076
2077The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2078@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2079
96e9638b
BW
2080Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2081because it
c3a27914
NC
2082is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2083is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2084directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2085stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2086memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2087
caa32fe5
NC
2088@node alternate
2089@section @option{--alternate}
2090
2091@kindex --alternate
2092Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2093
252b5132 2094@node D
a4fb0134 2095@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2096
2097@kindex -D
2098This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2099likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2100@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2101
2102@node f
a4fb0134 2103@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2104
2105@kindex -f
2106@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2107@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2108@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2109(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2110and comment preprocessing on
2111the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2112,Preprocessing}.
2113
2114@quotation
2115@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2116preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2117not work correctly.
2118@end quotation
2119
2120@node I
c1253627 2121@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2122
2123@kindex -I @var{path}
2124@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2125@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2126@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2127Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2128@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2129directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2130many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2131working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2132searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2133specified (left to right) on the command line.
2134
2135@node K
a4fb0134 2136@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2137
2138@kindex -K
2139@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2140On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2141permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2142where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2143generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2144family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2145alteration on other platforms.
2146@end ifclear
2147
2148@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2149@cindex difference tables, warning
2150@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2151@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2152form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2153You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2154is done.
2155@end ifset
2156
2157@node L
ba83aca1 2158@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2159
2160@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2161@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2162Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2163@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2164called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2165such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2166programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2167notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2168such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2169
2170This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2171in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2172@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2173
c3a27914 2174@node listing
a4fb0134 2175@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2176
2177The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2178@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2179hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2180them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2181directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2182@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2183@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2184@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2185
a4fb0134 2186@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2187@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2188@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2189@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2190Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2191dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2192
2193@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2194@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2195@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2196Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2197a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2198the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2199switch is used the default is to one.
2200
2201@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2202@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2203@cindex Width of source line output
2204Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2205alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2206source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2207
2208@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2209@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2210@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2211Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2212displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2213@end table
2214
252b5132 2215@node M
a4fb0134 2216@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2217
2218@kindex -M
2219@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2220The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2221changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2222compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2223configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2224MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2225information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2226arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2227assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2228
2229The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2230depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2231file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2232individually. These are:
2233
2234@itemize @bullet
2235@item global symbols in common section
2236
2237The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2238Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2239common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2240symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2241symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2242
2243@item complex relocations
2244
2245The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2246relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2247are not support by other object file formats.
2248
2249@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2250
2251The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2252This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2253instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2254script.
2255
2256@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2257
2258The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2259name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2260
2261@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2262
2263The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2264address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2265which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2266not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2267assigned within a linker script.
2268@end itemize
2269
2270There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2271@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2272seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2273
2274@itemize @bullet
2275
2276@item EBCDIC strings
2277
2278EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2279
2280@item packed binary coded decimal
2281
2282Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2283and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2284
2285@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2286
2287The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2288
2289@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2290
2291The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2292
2293@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2294
2295The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2296@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2297relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2298these options serve no purpose.
2299
2300@item @code{OPT} list control options
2301
2302The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2303@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2304@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2305
2306@item other @code{OPT} options
2307
2308The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2309@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2310
2311@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2312
2313The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2314@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2315
2316@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2317
2318The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2319
2320@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2321
2322The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2323
2324@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2325
2326The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2327
2328@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2329
2330The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2331
2332@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2333
2334The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2335
2336@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2337
2338The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2339
2340@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2341
2342The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2343
2344@end itemize
2345
2346@node MD
c1253627 2347@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2348
2349@kindex --MD
2350@cindex dependency tracking
2351@cindex make rules
2352
a4fb0134 2353@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2354file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2355dependencies of the main source file.
2356
2357The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2358
2359This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2360
2361@node o
a4fb0134 2362@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2363
2364@kindex -o
2365@cindex naming object file
2366@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2367There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2368default it has the name
2369@ifset GENERIC
2370@ifset I960
2371@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2372@end ifset
2373@ifclear I960
2374@file{a.out}.
2375@end ifclear
2376@end ifset
2377@ifclear GENERIC
2378@ifset I960
2379@file{b.out}.
2380@end ifset
2381@ifclear I960
2382@file{a.out}.
2383@end ifclear
2384@end ifclear
2385You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2386object file a different name.
2387
a4fb0134 2388Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2389existing file of the same name.
2390
2391@node R
a4fb0134 2392@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2393
2394@kindex -R
2395@cindex data and text sections, joining
2396@cindex text and data sections, joining
2397@cindex joining text and data sections
2398@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2399@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2400data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2401the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2402section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2403your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2404appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2405
a4fb0134 2406When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2407address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2408data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2409older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2410
c1253627
NC
2411@ifset COFF-ELF
2412When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2413this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2414@samp{.data}.
2415@end ifset
2416
2417@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2418@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2419@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2420@end ifset
2421
2422@node statistics
a4fb0134 2423@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2424
2425@kindex --statistics
2426@cindex statistics, about assembly
2427@cindex time, total for assembly
2428@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2429Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2430@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2431(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2432seconds).
2433
2434@node traditional-format
c1253627 2435@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2436
2437@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2438For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2439from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2440@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2441
2442For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2443@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2444
2445@node v
a4fb0134 2446@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2447
2448@kindex -v
2449@kindex -version
2450@cindex assembler version
2451@cindex version of assembler
2452You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2453option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2454command line.
2455
2456@node W
a4fb0134 2457@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2458
a4fb0134 2459@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2460assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2461cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2462made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2463
c1253627
NC
2464@kindex -W
2465@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2466@cindex suppressing warnings
2467@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2468If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2469This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2470how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2471are still reported.
2472
c1253627 2473@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2474@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2475@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2476If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2477files that generate warnings to be in error.
2478
c1253627 2479@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2480@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2481You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2482causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2483
2484@node Z
a4fb0134 2485@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2486@cindex object file, after errors
2487@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2488After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2489some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2490@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2491option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2492writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2493errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2494
2495@node Syntax
2496@chapter Syntax
2497
2498@cindex machine-independent syntax
2499@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2500This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2501source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2502assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2503@ifclear VAX
2504assembler.
2505@end ifclear
2506@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2507assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2508@end ifset
2509
2510@menu
7c31ae13 2511* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2512* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2513* Comments:: Comments
2514* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2515* Statements:: Statements
2516* Constants:: Constants
2517@end menu
2518
2519@node Preprocessing
2520@section Preprocessing
2521
2522@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2523The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2524@itemize @bullet
2525@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2526@item
2527adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2528the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2529a single space.
2530
2531@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2532@item
2533removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2534appropriate number of newlines.
2535
2536@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2537@item
2538converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2539@end itemize
2540
2541It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2542anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2543do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2544(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2545to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2546@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2547Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2548
2549Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2550cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2551preprocessed.
2552
2553@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2554@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2555@kindex #NO_APP
2556@kindex #APP
2557If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2558@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2559Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2560specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2561text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2562@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2563@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2564and whitespace.
2565
2566@node Whitespace
2567@section Whitespace
2568
2569@cindex whitespace
2570@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2571Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2572people to read. Unless within character constants
2573(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2574as exactly one space.
2575
2576@node Comments
2577@section Comments
2578
2579@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2580There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2581cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2582
2583Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2584This means you may not nest these comments.
2585
2586@smallexample
2587/*
2588 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2589 is to use this sort of comment.
2590*/
2591
2592/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2593@end smallexample
2594
2595@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2596Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2597considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2598specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2599line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2600line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2601comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2602upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2603@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2604
2605If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2606special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2607to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2608
2609@kindex #
2610@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2611@cindex logical line numbers
2612To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2613special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2614expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2615line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2616new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2617
2618If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2619the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2620
2621@smallexample
2622 # This is an ordinary comment.
2623# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2624 # This is logical line # 36.
2625@end smallexample
2626This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2627of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2628
2629@node Symbol Intro
2630@section Symbols
2631
2632@cindex characters used in symbols
2633@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2634A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2635letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2636@samp{_.$}.
2637@end ifclear
2638@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2639@ifclear GENERIC
2640@ifset H8
2641A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2642letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2643@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2644symbol names.)
2645@end ifset
2646@end ifclear
2647@end ifset
2648@ifset GENERIC
2649On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2650are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2651@end ifset
2652No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2653There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2654are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2655beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2656of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2657@cindex length of symbols
2658
2659@node Statements
2660@section Statements
2661
2662@cindex statements, structure of
2663@cindex line separator character
2664@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2665
2666A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2667@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2668specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2669target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2670The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2671preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2672exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2673
2674@cindex newline, required at file end
2675@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2676It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2677character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2678
2679An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2680
2681@cindex instructions and directives
2682@cindex directives and instructions
2683@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2684@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2685@c 13feb91.
2686A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2687key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2688symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2689symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2690directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2691a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2692assembles into a machine language instruction.
2693@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2694Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2695recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2696represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2697language.@refill
2698@end ifset
2699
2700@cindex @code{:} (label)
2701@cindex label (@code{:})
2702A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2703Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2704have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2705
2706@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2707For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2708the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2709only one label may be defined on each line.
2710@end ifset
2711
2712@smallexample
2713label: .directive followed by something
2714another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2715 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2716@end smallexample
2717
2718@node Constants
2719@section Constants
2720
2721@cindex constants
2722A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2723inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2724@smallexample
2725@group
2726.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2727.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2728.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2729.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
273095028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2731@end group
2732@end smallexample
2733
2734@menu
2735* Characters:: Character Constants
2736* Numbers:: Number Constants
2737@end menu
2738
2739@node Characters
2740@subsection Character Constants
2741
2742@cindex character constants
2743@cindex constants, character
2744There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2745for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2746numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2747@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2748used in arithmetic expressions.
2749
2750@menu
2751* Strings:: Strings
2752* Chars:: Characters
2753@end menu
2754
2755@node Strings
2756@subsubsection Strings
2757
2758@cindex string constants
2759@cindex constants, string
2760A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2761double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2762into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2763a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2764one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2765@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2766(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2767escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2768
2769@cindex escape codes, character
2770@cindex character escape codes
2771@table @kbd
2772@c @item \a
2773@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2774@c
2775@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2776@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2777@item \b
2778Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2779
2780@c @item \e
2781@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2782@c
2783@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2784@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2785@item \f
2786Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2787
2788@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2789@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2790@item \n
2791Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2792
2793@c @item \p
2794@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2795@c
2796@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2797@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2798@item \r
2799Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2800
2801@c @item \s
2802@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2803@c other assemblers.
2804@c
2805@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2806@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2807@item \t
2808Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2809
2810@c @item \v
2811@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2812@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2813@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2814@c
2815@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2816@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2817@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2818An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2819For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2820for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2821
2822@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2823@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2824@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2825A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2826lower case @code{x} works.
2827
2828@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2829@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2830@item \\
2831Represents one @samp{\} character.
2832
2833@c @item \'
2834@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2835@c This is needed in single character literals
2836@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2837@c a @samp{'}.
2838@c
2839@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2840@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2841@item \"
2842Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2843this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2844
2845@item \ @var{anything-else}
2846Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2847assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2848you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2849interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2850other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2851code and warns you of the fact.
2852@end table
2853
2854Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2855varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2856the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2857compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2858sequence.
2859
2860@node Chars
2861@subsubsection Characters
2862
2863@cindex single character constant
2864@cindex character, single
2865@cindex constant, single character
2866A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2867followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2868to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2869must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2870@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2871grave accent. A newline
2872@ifclear GENERIC
2873@ifclear abnormal-separator
2874(or semicolon @samp{;})
2875@end ifclear
2876@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2877@ifset H8
2878(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2879Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2880@end ifset
2881@end ifset
2882@end ifclear
2883immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2884and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2885constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2886that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2887@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2888
2889@node Numbers
2890@subsection Number Constants
2891
2892@cindex constants, number
2893@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2894@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2895are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2896would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2897integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2898are floating point numbers, described below.
2899
2900@menu
2901* Integers:: Integers
2902* Bignums:: Bignums
2903* Flonums:: Flonums
2904@ifclear GENERIC
2905@ifset I960
2906* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2907@end ifset
2908@end ifclear
2909@end menu
2910
2911@node Integers
2912@subsubsection Integers
2913@cindex integers
2914@cindex constants, integer
2915
2916@cindex binary integers
2917@cindex integers, binary
2918A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2919the binary digits @samp{01}.
2920
2921@cindex octal integers
2922@cindex integers, octal
2923An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2924digits (@samp{01234567}).
2925
2926@cindex decimal integers
2927@cindex integers, decimal
2928A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2929more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2930
2931@cindex hexadecimal integers
2932@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2933A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2934more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2935
2936Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2937the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2938(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2939
2940@node Bignums
2941@subsubsection Bignums
2942
2943@cindex bignums
2944@cindex constants, bignum
2945A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2946except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2947represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2948integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2949
2950@node Flonums
2951@subsubsection Flonums
2952@cindex flonums
2953@cindex floating point numbers
2954@cindex constants, floating point
2955
2956@cindex precision, floating point
2957A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2958indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2959@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2960sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2961to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2962portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2963
2964A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2965@itemize @bullet
2966@item
2967The digit @samp{0}.
2968@ifset HPPA
2969(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2970@end ifset
2971
2972@item
a4fb0134 2973A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2974@ifset GENERIC
2975@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2976@ignore
2977@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2978(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
29794.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2980@end ignore
2981
7be1c489 2982On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2983and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2984one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2985
2986On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2987(in upper or lower case).
2988
2989On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2990one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2991
2992On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2993@end ifset
2994@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2995@ifset ARC
2996One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2997@end ifset
2998@ifset H8
2999One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3000@end ifset
3001@ifset HPPA
3002The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3003@end ifset
3004@ifset I960
3005One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3006@end ifset
3007@end ifclear
3008
3009@item
3010An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3011
3012@item
3013An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3014
3015@item
3016An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3017or more decimal digits.
3018
3019@item
3020An optional exponent, consisting of:
3021
3022@itemize @bullet
3023@item
3024An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3025@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3026@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3027@item
3028Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3029@item
3030One or more decimal digits.
3031@end itemize
3032
3033@end itemize
3034
3035At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3036present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3037
a4fb0134 3038@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3039independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3040@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3041
3042@ifclear GENERIC
3043@ifset I960
3044@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3045@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3046@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3047@node Bit Fields
3048@subsubsection Bit Fields
3049
3050@cindex bit fields
3051@cindex constants, bit field
3052You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3053Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3054@example
3055@var{mask}:@var{value}
3056@end example
3057@noindent
a4fb0134 3058@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3059@var{value}.
3060
3061The resulting number is then packed
3062@ifset GENERIC
3063@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3064(in host-dependent byte order)
3065@end ifset
3066into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3067bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3068requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3069more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3070least significant digits.@refill
3071
3072The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3073@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3074@end ifset
3075@end ifclear
3076
3077@node Sections
3078@chapter Sections and Relocation
3079@cindex sections
3080@cindex relocation
3081
3082@menu
3083* Secs Background:: Background
3084* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3085* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3086* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3087* bss:: bss Section
3088@end menu
3089
3090@node Secs Background
3091@section Background
3092
3093Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3094``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3095For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3096
3097@cindex linker, and assembler
3098@cindex assembler, and linker
3099The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3100combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3101emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3102@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3103different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3104oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3105sections.
3106
3107@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3108addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3109units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3110within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3111run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3112the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3113the proper run-time addresses.
3114@ifset H8
7be1c489 3115For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3116@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3117ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3118@end ifset
3119
3120@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3121An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3122of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3123@dfn{bss} sections.
3124
c1253627 3125@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3126@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3127When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3128@end ifset
a4fb0134 3129@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3130using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3131If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3132or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3133@end ifset
3134
3135@ifset HPPA
3136@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3137When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3138@end ifset
a4fb0134 3139@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3140specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3141@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3142(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3143assembler directives.
3144
3145@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3146Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3147text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3148is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3149BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3150@end ifset
3151@end ifset
3152
3153Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3154data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3155
3156@ifset HPPA
3157When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3158section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3159@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3160@end ifset
3161
3162To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3163relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3164object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3165@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3166file is mentioned:
3167@itemize @bullet
3168@item
3169Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3170an address?
3171@item
3172How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3173@item
3174Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3175@display
3176(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3177@end display
3178@item
3179Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3180@end itemize
3181
3182@cindex addresses, format of
3183@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3184In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3185@display
3186(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3187@end display
3188@noindent
a4fb0134 3189Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3190nature.
3191@ifset SOM
3192(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3193symbol-relative instead.)
3194@end ifset
3195
3196In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3197@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3198
3199Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3200@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3201addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3202@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3203@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3204data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3205their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3206part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3207address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3208
3209The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3210address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3211rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3212Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3213address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3214common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3215time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3216
3217By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3218the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3219sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3220customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3221the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3222data and bss sections.
3223
3224Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3225use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3226
3227@node Ld Sections
3228@section Linker Sections
3229@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3230
3231@table @strong
3232
c1253627 3233@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3234@cindex named sections
3235@cindex sections, named
3236@item named sections
3237@end ifset
3238@ifset aout-bout
3239@cindex text section
3240@cindex data section
3241@itemx text section
3242@itemx data section
3243@end ifset
a4fb0134 3244These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3245separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3246true of another.
3247@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3248When the program is running, however, it is
3249customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3250text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3251instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3252program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3253in the data section.
c1253627 3254@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3255
3256@cindex bss section
3257@item bss section
3258This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3259is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3260each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3261out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3262bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3263those explicit zeros from object files.
3264
3265@cindex absolute section
3266@item absolute section
3267Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3268This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3269not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3270addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3271
3272@cindex undefined section
3273@item undefined section
3274This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3275the preceding sections.
3276@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3277@end table
3278
3279@cindex relocation example
3280An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3281@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3282The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3283@end ifset
3284Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3285
3286@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3287@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3288@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3289@smallexample
3290 +-----+----+--+
3291partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3292 +-----+----+--+
3293
3294 text data bss
3295 seg. seg. seg.
3296
3297 +---+---+---+
3298partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3299 +---+---+---+
3300
3301 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3302linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3303 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3304
3305 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3306@end smallexample
3307@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3308@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3309@need 5000
3310@tex
c1253627 3311\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3312\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3313\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3314\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3315
3316\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3317\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3318\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3319
3320\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3321\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3322\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3323ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3324DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3325
3326\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3327\line{0\dots\hfil}
3328
3329@end tex
3330@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3331
3332@node As Sections
3333@section Assembler Internal Sections
3334
3335@cindex internal assembler sections
3336@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3337These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3338have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3339sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3340warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3341meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3342value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3343section-relative address.
3344
3345@table @b
3346@cindex assembler internal logic error
3347@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3348An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3349bug in the assembler.
3350
3351@cindex expr (internal section)
3352@item expr section
3353The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3354symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3355it in the expr section.
3356@c FIXME item debug
3357@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3358@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3359@c FIXME item register
3360@end table
3361
3362@node Sub-Sections
3363@section Sub-Sections
3364
3365@cindex numbered subsections
3366@cindex grouping data
3367@ifset aout-bout
3368Assembled bytes
c1253627 3369@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3370conventionally
3371@end ifset
3372fall into two sections: text and data.
3373@end ifset
3374You may have separate groups of
3375@ifset GENERIC
3376data in named sections
3377@end ifset
3378@ifclear GENERIC
3379@ifclear aout-bout
3380data in named sections
3381@end ifclear
3382@ifset aout-bout
3383text or data
3384@end ifset
3385@end ifclear
3386that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3387are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3388use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3389numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3390same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3391subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3392section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3393assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3394section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3395constants being output.
3396
3397Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3398goes in subsection number zero.
3399
3400@ifset GENERIC
3401Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3402(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3403of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3404@end ifset
3405@ifclear GENERIC
3406@ifset H8
7be1c489 3407On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3408boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3409The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3410@end ifset
3411@ifset I960
3412@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3413@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3414@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3415@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3416@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3417@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3418@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3419@end ifclear
3420
3421Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3422to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3423The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3424other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3425They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3426data subsections as a data section.
3427
3428To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3429into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3430@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3431@ifset COFF
252b5132 3432@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3433When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3434@end ifset
3435@ifclear GENERIC
3436You
3437@end ifclear
3438can also use an extra subsection
3439argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3440@var{expression}}.
3441@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3442@ifset ELF
3443@ifset GENERIC
3444When generating ELF output, you
3445@end ifset
3446@ifclear GENERIC
3447You
3448@end ifclear
3449can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3450to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3451@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3452@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3453(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3454is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3455begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3456@smallexample
3457.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3458.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3459.text 1
3460.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3461.data 0
3462.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3463.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3464.text 0
3465.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3466.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3467@end smallexample
3468
3469Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3470assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3471restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3472counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3473@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3474current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3475assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3476
3477@node bss
3478@section bss Section
3479
3480@cindex bss section
3481@cindex common variable storage
3482The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3483You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3484not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3485your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3486section are zeroed bytes.
3487
3488The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3489@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3490
3491The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3492another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3493
3494@ifset GENERIC
3495When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3496COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3497see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3498section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3499@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3500@end ifset
3501
3502@node Symbols
3503@chapter Symbols
3504
3505@cindex symbols
3506Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3507things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3508to debug.
3509
3510@quotation
3511@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3512@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3513the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3514@end quotation
3515
3516@menu
3517* Labels:: Labels
3518* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3519* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3520* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3521* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3522@end menu
3523
3524@node Labels
3525@section Labels
3526
3527@cindex labels
3528A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3529@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3530active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3531operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3532different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3533definitions.
3534
3535@ifset HPPA
3536On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3537colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3538a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3539provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3540@end ifset
3541
3542@node Setting Symbols
3543@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3544
3545@cindex assigning values to symbols
3546@cindex symbol values, assigning
3547A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3548by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3549(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3550directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3551equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3552@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3553
f8739b83
JZ
3554@ifset Blackfin
3555Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3556@end ifset
3557
252b5132
RH
3558@node Symbol Names
3559@section Symbol Names
3560
3561@cindex symbol names
3562@cindex names, symbol
3563@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3564Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3565machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3566noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3567string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3568particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3569@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3570@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3571@ifset H8
3572Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3573Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3574character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3575on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3576@end ifset
3577@end ifset
3578
3579Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3580than @code{Foo}.
3581
7bfd842d
NC
3582Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3583multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3584@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3585currently supported.
3586
252b5132
RH
3587Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3588refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3589in a program.
3590
3591@subheading Local Symbol Names
3592
3593@cindex local symbol names
3594@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3595A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3596By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3597@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3598set of local label prefixes.
3599@ifset HPPA
3600On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3601@end ifset
3602
3603Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3604normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3605You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3606@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3607
3608@subheading Local Labels
3609
3610@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3611@cindex temporary symbol names
3612@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3613Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3614They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3615the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3616To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3617represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3618definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3619you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3620@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3621for ``forwards''.
3622
3623There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3624too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3625the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3626defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3627definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3628noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3629implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3630
3631Here is an example:
3632
3633@smallexample
36341: branch 1f
36352: branch 1b
36361: branch 2f
36372: branch 1b
3638@end smallexample
3639
3640Which is the equivalent of:
3641
3642@smallexample
3643label_1: branch label_3
3644label_2: branch label_1
3645label_3: branch label_4
3646label_4: branch label_3
3647@end smallexample
3648
ba83aca1 3649Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3650transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3651The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3652are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3653these parts:
252b5132
RH
3654
3655@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3656@item @emph{local label prefix}
3657All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3658Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3659that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3660used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3661@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3662object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3663you may use them in debugging.
3664
2d5aaba0
NC
3665@item @var{number}
3666This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3667label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3668
2d5aaba0
NC
3669@item @kbd{C-B}
3670This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3671of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3672
3673@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3674This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3675@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3676number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3677the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3678@end table
3679
ba83aca1
BW
3680So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3681the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3682
3683@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3684@cindex dollar local symbols
3685
3686@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3687dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3688soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3689region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3690scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3691the same local label.
3692
3693Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3694except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3695@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3696
3697They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3698names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3699to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3700@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3701
3702@node Dot
3703@section The Special Dot Symbol
3704
3705@cindex dot (symbol)
3706@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3707@cindex current address
3708@cindex location counter
3709The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3710@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3711.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3712Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3713directive.
252b5132 3714@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3715Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3716@samp{.space 4}.
3717@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3718
3719@node Symbol Attributes
3720@section Symbol Attributes
3721
3722@cindex symbol attributes
3723@cindex attributes, symbol
3724Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3725``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3726attributes.
3727@ifset INTERNALS
3728The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3729@end ifset
3730
a4fb0134 3731If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3732all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3733symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3734would want.
3735
3736@menu
3737* Symbol Value:: Value
3738* Symbol Type:: Type
3739@ifset aout-bout
3740@ifset GENERIC
3741* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3742@end ifset
3743@ifclear GENERIC
3744@ifclear BOUT
3745* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3746@end ifclear
3747@ifset BOUT
3748* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3749@end ifset
3750@end ifclear
3751@end ifset
3752@ifset COFF
3753* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3754@end ifset
3755@ifset SOM
3756* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3757@end ifset
3758@end menu
3759
3760@node Symbol Value
3761@subsection Value
3762
3763@cindex value of a symbol
3764@cindex symbol value
3765The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3766location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3767number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3768Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3769as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3770symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3771called absolute.
3772
3773The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
37740 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3775@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3776same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3777name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3778common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3779bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3780allocated storage.
3781
3782@node Symbol Type
3783@subsection Type
3784
3785@cindex type of a symbol
3786@cindex symbol type
3787The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3788information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3789(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3790format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3791
3792@ifset aout-bout
3793@ifclear GENERIC
3794@ifset BOUT
3795@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3796@c better if it were available outside examples.
3797@need 1000
3798@node a.out Symbols
3799@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3800
3801@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3802@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3803These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3804one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3805@code{b.out}.
3806
3807@end ifset
3808@ifclear BOUT
3809@node a.out Symbols
3810@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3811
3812@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3813@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3814
3815@end ifclear
3816@end ifclear
3817@ifset GENERIC
3818@node a.out Symbols
3819@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3820
3821@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3822@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3823
3824@end ifset
3825@menu
3826* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3827* Symbol Other:: Other
3828@end menu
3829
3830@node Symbol Desc
3831@subsubsection Descriptor
3832
3833@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3834This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3835descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3836(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3837@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3838
3839@node Symbol Other
3840@subsubsection Other
3841
3842@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3843This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3844@end ifset
3845
3846@ifset COFF
3847@node COFF Symbols
3848@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3849
3850@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3851@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3852
3853The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3854like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3855@code{.endef} directives.
3856
3857@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3858
3859@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3860The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3861respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3862
3863@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3864
3865@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3866The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3867@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3868table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3869@end ifset
3870
3871@ifset SOM
3872@node SOM Symbols
3873@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3874
3875@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3876@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3877
3878The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3879the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3880
01642c12 3881The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3882Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3883@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3884@end ifset
3885
3886@node Expressions
3887@chapter Expressions
3888
3889@cindex expressions
3890@cindex addresses
3891@cindex numeric values
3892An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3893Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3894
3895The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3896a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3897enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3898section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3899the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3900@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3901
3902@menu
3903* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3904* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3905@end menu
3906
3907@node Empty Exprs
3908@section Empty Expressions
3909
3910@cindex empty expressions
3911@cindex expressions, empty
3912An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3913Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3914expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3915is compatible with other assemblers.
3916
3917@node Integer Exprs
3918@section Integer Expressions
3919
3920@cindex integer expressions
3921@cindex expressions, integer
3922An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3923by @emph{operators}.
3924
3925@menu
3926* Arguments:: Arguments
3927* Operators:: Operators
3928* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3929* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3930@end menu
3931
3932@node Arguments
3933@subsection Arguments
3934
3935@cindex expression arguments
3936@cindex arguments in expressions
3937@cindex operands in expressions
3938@cindex arithmetic operands
3939@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3940contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3941this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3942the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3943expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3944instruction operands.
3945
3946Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3947@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3948or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3949integer.
3950
3951Numbers are usually integers.
3952
3953A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3954that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3955these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3956instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3957assemblers.
3958
3959@cindex subexpressions
3960Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3961expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3962operator followed by an argument.
3963
3964@node Operators
3965@subsection Operators
3966
3967@cindex operators, in expressions
3968@cindex arithmetic functions
3969@cindex functions, in expressions
3970@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3971operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3972between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3973whitespace.
3974
3975@node Prefix Ops
3976@subsection Prefix Operator
3977
3978@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3979@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3980one argument, which must be absolute.
3981
3982@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3983@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3984@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3985@tex
3986\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3987@end tex
3988
3989@table @code
3990@item -
3991@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3992@item ~
3993@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3994@end table
3995
3996@tex
3997\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3998@end tex
3999
4000@node Infix Ops
4001@subsection Infix Operators
4002
4003@cindex infix operators
4004@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4005@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4006have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4007to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4008absolute, and the result is absolute.
4009
4010@enumerate
4011@cindex operator precedence
4012@cindex precedence of operators
4013
4014@item
4015Highest Precedence
4016
4017@table @code
4018@item *
4019@dfn{Multiplication}.
4020
4021@item /
4022@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4023
4024@item %
4025@dfn{Remainder}.
4026
d1eac9d9 4027@item <<
252b5132
RH
4028@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4029
d1eac9d9 4030@item >>
252b5132
RH
4031@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4032@end table
4033
4034@item
4035Intermediate precedence
4036
4037@table @code
4038@item |
4039
4040@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4041
4042@item &
4043@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4044
4045@item ^
4046@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4047
4048@item !
4049@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4050@end table
4051
4052@item
b131d4dc 4053Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4054
4055@table @code
4056@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4057@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4058@cindex arguments for addition
4059@item +
4060@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4061the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4062sections.
4063
4064@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4065@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4066@cindex arguments for subtraction
4067@item -
4068@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4069result has the section of the left argument.
4070If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4071You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4072@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4073
4074@cindex comparison expressions
4075@cindex expressions, comparison
4076@item ==
4077@dfn{Is Equal To}
4078@item <>
723a8472 4079@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4080@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4081@item <
4082@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4083@item >
b131d4dc 4084@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4085@item >=
b131d4dc 4086@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4087@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4088@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4089
4090The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4091value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4092perform signed comparisons.
4093@end table
4094
4095@item Lowest Precedence
4096
4097@table @code
4098@item &&
4099@dfn{Logical And}.
4100
4101@item ||
4102@dfn{Logical Or}.
4103
4104These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4105expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4106value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4107or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4108
252b5132
RH
4109@end table
4110@end enumerate
4111
4112In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4113address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4114
4115@node Pseudo Ops
4116@chapter Assembler Directives
4117
4118@cindex directives, machine independent
4119@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4120@cindex machine independent directives
4121All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4122The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4123
4124This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4125target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4126@ifset GENERIC
4127Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4128@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4129@end ifset
4130@ifclear GENERIC
4131@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4132@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4133@end ifset
4134@end ifclear
4135
4136@menu
4137* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4138@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4139* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4140@end ifset
f0dc282c 4141
252b5132 4142* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4143* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4144* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4145* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4146* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4147* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4148* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4149* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4150* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4151* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4152@ifset COFF
4153* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4154@end ifset
4155@ifset aout-bout
4156* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4157@end ifset
4158@ifset COFF
4159* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4160@end ifset
f0dc282c 4161
252b5132
RH
4162* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4163* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4164* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4165* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4166* End:: @code{.end}
4167@ifset COFF
4168* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4169@end ifset
f0dc282c 4170
252b5132
RH
4171* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4172* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4173* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4174* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4175* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4176* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4177* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4178* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4179* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4180* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4181* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4182* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4183* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4184* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4185* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4186@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4187* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4188* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4189@end ifset
f0dc282c 4190
252b5132
RH
4191* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4192* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4193* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4194* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4195* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4196* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4197@ifset ELF
4198* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4199@end ifset
f0dc282c 4200
252b5132
RH
4201* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4202* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4203* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4204* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4205@ifclear no-line-dir
4206* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4207@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4208
252b5132
RH
4209* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4210* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4211* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4212* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4213* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4214@ifset ELF
4215* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4216@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4217
252b5132
RH
4218* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4219@ignore
4220* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4221@end ignore
f0dc282c 4222
252b5132
RH
4223* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4224* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4225* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4226* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4227* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4228* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4229* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4230* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4231@ifset ELF
4232* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4233* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4234@end ifset
f0dc282c 4235
252b5132 4236* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4237@ifset ELF
4238* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4239@end ifset
f0dc282c 4240
252b5132
RH
4241* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4242* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4243@ifset ELF
4244* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4245@end ifset
f0dc282c 4246
252b5132 4247* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4248* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4249* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4250* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4251@ifset COFF
4252* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4253@end ifset
4254@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4255* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4256@end ifset
f0dc282c 4257
252b5132
RH
4258* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4259* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4260* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4261@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4262* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4263@end ifset
884f0d36 4264@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4265* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4266@end ifclear
4267
252b5132 4268* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4269@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4270* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4271@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4272@ifset have-stabs
4273* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4274@end ifset
f0dc282c 4275
38a57ae7 4276* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4277* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4278@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4279* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4280* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4281@end ifset
f0dc282c 4282
252b5132
RH
4283@ifset COFF
4284* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4285@end ifset
f0dc282c 4286
252b5132
RH
4287* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4288* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4289@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4290* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4291@end ifset
4292
c91d2e08 4293* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4294@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4295* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4296@end ifset
f0dc282c 4297
2e13b764 4298@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4299* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4300* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4301* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4302@end ifset
f0dc282c 4303
d190d046 4304* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4305* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4306* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4307* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4308* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4309@end menu
4310
4311@node Abort
4312@section @code{.abort}
4313
4314@cindex @code{abort} directive
4315@cindex stopping the assembly
4316This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4317compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4318assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4319of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4320quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4321
4322@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4323@node ABORT (COFF)
4324@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4325
4326@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4327When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4328synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4329
4330@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4331When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4332but ignores it.
4333@end ifset
4334@end ifset
4335
4336@node Align
4337@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4338
4339@cindex padding the location counter
4340@cindex @code{align} directive
4341Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4342boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4343required, as described below.
4344
4345The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4346padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4347padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4348marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4349with no-op instructions.
4350
4351The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4352it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4353directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4354specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4355fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4356required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4357with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4358
4359The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4360For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4361s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4362alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4363the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4364is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4365first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4366
9e9a9798 4367For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4368strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4369number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4370advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4371counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4372multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4373
4374This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4375native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4376GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4377described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4378architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4379
ccf8a69b
BW
4380@node Altmacro
4381@section @code{.altmacro}
4382Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4383
4384@ftable @code
4385@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4386One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4387generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4388replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4389replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4390separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4391define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4392
4393@item String delimiters
4394You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4395@code{"@var{string}"}:
4396
4397@table @code
4398@item '@var{string}'
4399You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4400
4401@item <@var{string}>
4402You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4403@end table
4404
4405@item single-character string escape
4406To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4407character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4408character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4409write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4410
4411@item Expression results as strings
4412You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4413and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4414@end ftable
4415
252b5132
RH
4416@node Ascii
4417@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4418
4419@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4420@cindex string literals
4421@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4422separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4423trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4424
4425@node Asciz
4426@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4427
4428@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4429@cindex zero-terminated strings
4430@cindex null-terminated strings
4431@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4432a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4433
4434@node Balign
4435@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4436
4437@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4438@cindex @code{balign} directive
4439Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4440storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4441alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4442the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4443is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4444
4445The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4446padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4447padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4448marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4449with no-op instructions.
4450
4451The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4452it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4453directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4454specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4455fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4456required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4457with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4458
4459@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4460@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4461The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4462@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4463pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4464fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
44654,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4466filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4467the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4468undefined.
4469
fa94de6b
RM
4470@node Bundle directives
4471@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4472@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4473@cindex bundle
4474@cindex instruction bundle
4475@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4476@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4477bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4478into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4479disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4480gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4481@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4482
4483For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4484certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4485instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4486@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4487chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4488effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4489instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4490that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4491end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4492starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4493instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4494
4495@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4496@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4497@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4498The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4499allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4500are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4501aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4502@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4503directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4504
4505@cindex bundle-locked
4506For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4507appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4508instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4509and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4510instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4511sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4512@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4513entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4514boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4515first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4516aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4517bundle size.
4518
d416e51d
RM
4519For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4520inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4521nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4522@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4523matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4524same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4525
252b5132
RH
4526@node Byte
4527@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4528
4529@cindex @code{byte} directive
4530@cindex integers, one byte
4531@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4532Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4533
54cfded0 4534@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4535@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4536@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4537@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4538should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4539If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4540if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4541To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4542directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4543
4b7d318b 4544@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4545@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4546@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4547should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4548data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4549@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4550
01642c12 4551Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4552it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4553
54cfded0
AM
4554@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4555@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4556@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4557unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4558@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4559
9b8ae42e
JJ
4560@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4561@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4562@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4563should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4564argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4565a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4566the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4567can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4568The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4569no personality routine.
4570
4571@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4572@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4573@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4574should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4575argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4576or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4577no LSDA.
4578
54cfded0 4579@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4580@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4581address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4582
4583@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4584@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4585now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4586remains the same.
4587
4588@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4589@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4590remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4591absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4592CFA address.
4593
4594@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4595Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4596value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4597
4598@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4599Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4600CFA.
54cfded0 4601
17076204
RH
4602@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4603Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4604the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4605using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4606This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4607code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4608
4b7d318b
L
4609@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4610Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4611
4612@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4613@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4614same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4615instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4616
4617@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4618From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4619
4620@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4621Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4622i.e. no restoration needed.
4623
01642c12
RM
4624@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4625First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4626then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4627everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4628the previous saved state.
4629
4630@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4631Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4632directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4633
63752a75
JJ
4634@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4635Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4636
6749011b 4637@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4638SPARC register window has been saved.
4639
cdfbf930
RH
4640@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4641Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4642might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4643opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4644
f1c4cc75
RH
4645@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4646The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4647will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4648description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4649
4650The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4651limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4652mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4653by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4654or another register.
4655
ccf8a69b
BW
4656@node Comm
4657@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4658
ccf8a69b
BW
4659@cindex @code{comm} directive
4660@cindex symbol, common
4661@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4662common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4663of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4664definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4665allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4666absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4667the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4668using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4669
c1711530
DK
4670@ifset COFF-ELF
4671When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4672an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4673specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4674that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4675as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4676boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4677power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4678common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4679alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4680largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4681maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4682is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4683@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4684multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4685It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4686(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4687@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4688
ccf8a69b
BW
4689@ifset HPPA
4690The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4691@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4692@end ifset
07a53e5c 4693
252b5132
RH
4694@node Data
4695@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4696
4697@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4698@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4699end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4700absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4701to zero.
4702
4703@ifset COFF
4704@node Def
4705@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4706
4707@cindex @code{def} directive
4708@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4709@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4710Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4711definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4712@ifset BOUT
4713
a4fb0134 4714This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4715format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4716but ignored.
4717@end ifset
4718@end ifset
4719
4720@ifset aout-bout
4721@node Desc
4722@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4723
4724@cindex @code{desc} directive
4725@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4726@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4727This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4728to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4729
4730@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4731The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4732configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4733object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4734it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4735@end ifset
4736@end ifset
4737
4738@ifset COFF
4739@node Dim
4740@section @code{.dim}
4741
4742@cindex @code{dim} directive
4743@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4744@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4745This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4746information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4747@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4748@ifset BOUT
4749
4750@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4751@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4752ignores it.
4753@end ifset
4754@end ifset
4755
4756@node Double
4757@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4758
4759@cindex @code{double} directive
4760@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4761@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4762assembles floating point numbers.
4763@ifset GENERIC
4764The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4765@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4766@end ifset
4767@ifclear GENERIC
4768@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4769On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4770in @sc{ieee} format.
4771@end ifset
4772@end ifclear
4773
4774@node Eject
4775@section @code{.eject}
4776
4777@cindex @code{eject} directive
4778@cindex new page, in listings
4779@cindex page, in listings
4780@cindex listing control: new page
4781Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4782
4783@node Else
4784@section @code{.else}
4785
4786@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4787@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4788assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4789of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4790was false.
4791
3fd9f047
TW
4792@node Elseif
4793@section @code{.elseif}
4794
4795@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4796@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4797assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4798@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4799
252b5132
RH
4800@node End
4801@section @code{.end}
4802
4803@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4804@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4805process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4806
4807@ifset COFF
4808@node Endef
4809@section @code{.endef}
4810
4811@cindex @code{endef} directive
4812This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4813@code{.def}.
4814@ifset BOUT
4815
4816@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4817@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4818directive but ignores it.
4819@end ifset
4820@end ifset
4821
4822@node Endfunc
4823@section @code{.endfunc}
4824@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4825@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4826
4827@node Endif
4828@section @code{.endif}
4829
4830@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4831@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4832it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4833conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4834
4835@node Equ
4836@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4837
4838@cindex @code{equ} directive
4839@cindex assigning values to symbols
4840@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4841This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4842It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4843
4844@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4845The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4846@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4847@end ifset
4848
3c9b82ba 4849@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4850The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4851@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4852On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4853but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4854Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4855@end ifset
4856
252b5132
RH
4857@node Equiv
4858@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4859@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4860The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4861the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4862symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4863undefined.
252b5132 4864
01642c12 4865Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4866@smallexample
4867.ifdef SYM
4868.err
4869.endif
4870.equ SYM,VAL
4871@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4872plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4873
4874@node Eqv
4875@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4876@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4877The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4878evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4879the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4880value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4881
4882@node Err
4883@section @code{.err}
4884@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4885If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4886message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4887object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4888
d190d046
HPN
4889@node Error
4890@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4891@cindex error directive
4892
4893Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4894string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4895message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4896@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4897
4898@smallexample
4899 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4900@end smallexample
4901
252b5132
RH
4902@node Exitm
4903@section @code{.exitm}
4904Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4905
4906@node Extern
4907@section @code{.extern}
4908
4909@cindex @code{extern} directive
4910@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4911with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4912all undefined symbols as external.
4913
4914@node Fail
4915@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4916
4917@cindex @code{fail} directive
4918Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4919or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4920than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4921include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4922complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4923
252b5132 4924@node File
14082c76 4925@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4926@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4927
4928@ifclear no-file-dir
4929There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4930that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4931@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4932
4933@subheading Default Version
4934
252b5132
RH
4935@cindex logical file name
4936@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4937This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4938are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4939
4940@smallexample
4941.file @var{string}
4942@end smallexample
4943
4944@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4945recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4946to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4947statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4948old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4949
4950@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4951@end ifclear
4952
14082c76
BW
4953When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4954to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4955
4956@smallexample
4957.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4958@end smallexample
4959
4960The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4961index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4962literal.
4963
4964The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4965table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4966information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4967entries will have.
4968
252b5132
RH
4969@node Fill
4970@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4971
4972@cindex @code{fill} directive
4973@cindex writing patterns in memory
4974@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4975@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4976This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4977may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4978more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4979other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4980is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4981zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4982byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4983Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4984@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4985compatible with other people's assemblers.
4986
4987@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4988If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4989assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4990@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4991
4992@node Float
4993@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4994
4995@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4996@cindex @code{float} directive
4997This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4998has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4999@ifset GENERIC
5000The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5001@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5002@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5003@end ifset
5004@ifclear GENERIC
5005@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5006On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5007in @sc{ieee} format.
5008@end ifset
5009@end ifclear
5010
5011@node Func
5012@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5013@cindex @code{func} directive
5014@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5015is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5016Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5017@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5018prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5019@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5020All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5021The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5022
5023@node Global
5024@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5025
5026@cindex @code{global} directive
5027@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5028@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5029@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5030other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5031@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5032from another file linked into the same program.
5033
5034Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5035compatibility with other assemblers.
5036
5037@ifset HPPA
5038On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5039partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5040@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5041@end ifset
5042
c91d2e08 5043@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5044@node Gnu_attribute
5045@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5046Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5047
c91d2e08
NC
5048@node Hidden
5049@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5050
c1253627
NC
5051@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5052@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5053This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5054@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5055@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5056
5057This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5058their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5059@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5060Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5061@end ifset
5062
252b5132
RH
5063@node hword
5064@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5065
5066@cindex @code{hword} directive
5067@cindex integers, 16-bit
5068@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5069@cindex sixteen bit integers
5070This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5071a 16 bit number for each.
5072
5073@ifset GENERIC
5074This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5075architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5076@end ifset
5077@ifclear GENERIC
5078@ifset W32
5079This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5080@end ifset
5081@ifset W16
5082This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5083@end ifset
5084@end ifclear
5085
5086@node Ident
5087@section @code{.ident}
5088
5089@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5090
5091This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5092behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5093a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5094source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5095for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5096@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5097emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5098
5099@node If
5100@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5101
5102@cindex conditional assembly
5103@cindex @code{if} directive
5104@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5105considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5106(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5107the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5108(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5109alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5110If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5111nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5112
5113The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5114@table @code
5115@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5116@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5117Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5118has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5119is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5120
26aca5f6
JB
5121@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5122@item .ifb @var{text}
5123Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5124
252b5132
RH
5125@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5126@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5127Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5128strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5129the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5130end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5131string comparison is case sensitive.
5132
5133@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5134@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5135Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5136
5137@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5138@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5139Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5140
5141@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5142@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5143Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5144equal to zero.
5145
5146@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5147@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5148Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5149
5150@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5151@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5152Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5153to zero.
5154
5155@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5156@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5157Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5158
26aca5f6
JB
5159@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5160@item .ifnb @var{text}
5161Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5162following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5163
252b5132
RH
5164@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5165@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5166Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5167following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5168
5169@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5170@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5171@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5172@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5173Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5174has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5175which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5176
5177@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5178@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5179Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5180(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5181
5182@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5183@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5184Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5185following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5186@end table
5187
7e005732
NC
5188@node Incbin
5189@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5190
5191@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5192@cindex binary files, including
5193The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5194location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5195option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5196around @var{file}.
5197
5198The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5199@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5200read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5201responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5202after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5203
252b5132
RH
5204@node Include
5205@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5206
5207@cindex @code{include} directive
5208@cindex supporting files, including
5209@cindex files, including
5210This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5211points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5212if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5213included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5214can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5215(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5216around @var{file}.
5217
5218@node Int
5219@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5220
5221@cindex @code{int} directive
5222@cindex integers, 32-bit
5223Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5224For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5225expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5226of target the assembly is for.
5227
5228@ifclear GENERIC
5229@ifset H8
7be1c489 5230On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5231integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
523232-bit integers.
5233@end ifset
5234@end ifclear
5235
c91d2e08
NC
5236@ifset ELF
5237@node Internal
5238@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5239
c1253627
NC
5240@cindex @code{internal} directive
5241@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5242This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5243@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5244@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5245
5246This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5247their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5248@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5249(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5250processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5251@end ifset
5252
252b5132
RH
5253@node Irp
5254@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5255
5256@cindex @code{irp} directive
5257Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5258The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5259terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5260set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5261@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5262@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5263sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5264
5265For example, assembling
5266
5267@example
5268 .irp param,1,2,3
5269 move d\param,sp@@-
5270 .endr
5271@end example
5272
5273is equivalent to assembling
5274
5275@example
5276 move d1,sp@@-
5277 move d2,sp@@-
5278 move d3,sp@@-
5279@end example
5280
96e9638b 5281For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5282
252b5132
RH
5283@node Irpc
5284@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5285
5286@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5287Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5288The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5289terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5290@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5291assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5292assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5293@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5294
5295For example, assembling
5296
5297@example
5298 .irpc param,123
5299 move d\param,sp@@-
5300 .endr
5301@end example
5302
5303is equivalent to assembling
5304
5305@example
5306 move d1,sp@@-
5307 move d2,sp@@-
5308 move d3,sp@@-
5309@end example
5310
5e75c3ab
JB
5311For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5312at @xref{Macro}.
5313
252b5132
RH
5314@node Lcomm
5315@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5316
5317@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5318@cindex local common symbols
5319@cindex symbols, local common
5320Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5321denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5322those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5323section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5324is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5325not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5326
5327@ifset GENERIC
5328Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5329argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5330@end ifset
5331
5332@ifset HPPA
5333The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5334@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5335@end ifset
5336
5337@node Lflags
5338@section @code{.lflags}
5339
5340@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5341@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5342assemblers, but ignores it.
5343
5344@ifclear no-line-dir
5345@node Line
5346@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5347
5348@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5349@cindex logical line number
5350@ifset aout-bout
5351Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5352expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5353statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5354reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5355@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5356for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5357@end ifset
5358
252b5132 5359Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5360@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5361when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5362were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5363@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5364
5365Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5366used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5367debugging.
5368@end ifclear
5369
5370@node Linkonce
5371@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5372@cindex COMDAT
5373@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5374@cindex common sections
5375Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5376This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5377but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5378The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5379Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5380unique.
5381
5382This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5383writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5384Executable format used on Windows NT.
5385
5386The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5387following strings. For example:
5388@smallexample
5389.linkonce same_size
5390@end smallexample
5391Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5392
5393@table @code
5394@item discard
5395Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5396
5397@item one_only
5398Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5399
5400@item same_size
5401Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5402
5403@item same_contents
5404Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5405@end table
5406
ccf8a69b
BW
5407@node List
5408@section @code{.list}
5409
5410@cindex @code{list} directive
5411@cindex listing control, turning on
5412Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5413not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5414internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5415counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5416generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5417
5418By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5419@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5420the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5421
252b5132
RH
5422@node Ln
5423@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5424
5425@cindex @code{ln} directive
5426@ifclear no-line-dir
5427@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5428@end ifclear
5429@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5430Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5431must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5432line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5433statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5434line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5435@ifset BOUT
5436
a4fb0134 5437This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5438configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5439output format.
5440@end ifset
5441@end ifset
5442
ccf8a69b
BW
5443@node Loc
5444@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5445@cindex @code{loc} directive
5446When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5447the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5448number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5449instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5450arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5451the row is added.
252b5132 5452
ccf8a69b
BW
5453The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5454
5455@table @code
5456@item basic_block
5457This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5458@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5459
5460@item prologue_end
5461This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5462@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5463
5464@item epilogue_begin
5465This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5466@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5467
5468@item is_stmt @var{value}
5469This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5470@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5471either 0 or 1.
5472
5473@item isa @var{value}
5474This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5475state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5476
92846e72
CC
5477@item discriminator @var{value}
5478This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5479state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5480
ccf8a69b
BW
5481@end table
5482
5483@node Loc_mark_labels
5484@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5485@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5486When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5487the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5488to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5489register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5490The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5491this function respectively.
252b5132 5492
4d4175af
BW
5493@ifset ELF
5494@node Local
5495@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5496
5497@cindex @code{local} directive
5498This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5499the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5500will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5501they will be created.
5502
5503For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5504accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5505the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5506(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5507@end ifset
5508
252b5132
RH
5509@node Long
5510@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5511
5512@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5513@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5514
5515@ignore
5516@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5517@c what it really ought to do
5518@node Lsym
5519@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5520
5521@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5522@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5523@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5524the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5525rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5526the same as the expression value:
5527@smallexample
5528@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5529@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5530@var{value} = @var{expression}
5531@end smallexample
5532@noindent
5533The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5534@end ignore
5535
5536@node Macro
5537@section @code{.macro}
5538
5539@cindex macros
5540The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5541generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5542@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5543
5544@example
5545 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5546 .long \from
5547 .if \to-\from
5548 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5549 .endif
5550 .endm
5551@end example
5552
5553@noindent
5554With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5555
5556@example
5557 .long 0
5558 .long 1
5559 .long 2
5560 .long 3
5561 .long 4
5562 .long 5
5563@end example
5564
5565@ftable @code
5566@item .macro @var{macname}
5567@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5568@cindex @code{macro} directive
5569Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5570definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5571separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5572indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5573@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5574(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5575macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5576cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5577subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5578definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5579
5580@table @code
5581@item .macro comm
5582Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5583arguments.
5584
6258339f 5585@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5586@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5587Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5588which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5589@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5590
5591@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5592Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5593arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5594After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5595@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5596@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5597,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5598@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5599
6eaeac8a
JB
5600@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5601Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5602arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5603not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5604will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5605
252b5132
RH
5606When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5607position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5608@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5609
6258339f
NC
5610@end table
5611
5e75c3ab
JB
5612Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5613as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5614occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5615characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5616(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5617architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5618character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5619replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5620construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5621identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5622this macro definition:
5623
5624@example
5625 .macro label l
5626\l:
5627 .endm
5628@end example
5629
5630might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5631called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5632assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5633identifier.
5634
5635Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5636which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5637for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5638length specifier like this:
5639
5640@example
5641 .macro opcode base length
5642 \base.\length
5643 .endm
5644@end example
5645
5646and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5647instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5648interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5649
5650There are several possible ways around this problem:
5651
5652@table @code
5653@item Insert white space
5654If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5655solution. eg:
5656
5657@example
5658 .macro label l
5659\l :
5660 .endm
5661@end example
5662
5663@item Use @samp{\()}
5664The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5665the following text. eg:
5666
5667@example
5668 .macro opcode base length
5669 \base\().\length
5670 .endm
5671@end example
5672
5673@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5674In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5675used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5676
5677@example
5678 .altmacro
5679 .macro label l
5680l&:
5681 .endm
5682@end example
6258339f 5683@end table
5e75c3ab 5684
96e9638b 5685Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5686also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5687and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5688
252b5132
RH
5689@item .endm
5690@cindex @code{endm} directive
5691Mark the end of a macro definition.
5692
5693@item .exitm
5694@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5695Exit early from the current macro definition.
5696
5697@cindex number of macros executed
5698@cindex macros, count executed
5699@item \@@
a4fb0134 5700@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5701executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5702output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5703
252b5132
RH
5704@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5705@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5706macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5707@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5708@end ftable
252b5132 5709
ccf8a69b
BW
5710@node MRI
5711@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5712
ccf8a69b
BW
5713@cindex @code{mri} directive
5714@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5715If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5716@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5717affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5718of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5719
caa32fe5
NC
5720@node Noaltmacro
5721@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5722Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5723
252b5132
RH
5724@node Nolist
5725@section @code{.nolist}
5726
5727@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5728@cindex listing control, turning off
5729Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5730not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5731internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5732counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5733generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5734
5735@node Octa
5736@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5737
5738@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5739@cindex @code{octa} directive
5740@cindex integer, 16-byte
5741@cindex sixteen byte integer
5742This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5743bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5744
5745The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5746hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5747
9aec2026
NC
5748@node Offset
5749@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5750
5751@cindex @code{offset} directive
5752Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5753be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5754symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5755directive.
9aec2026 5756
252b5132
RH
5757@node Org
5758@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5759
5760@cindex @code{org} directive
5761@cindex location counter, advancing
5762@cindex advancing location counter
5763@cindex current address, advancing
5764Advance the location counter of the current section to
5765@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5766expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5767you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5768wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5769with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5770@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5771is the same as the current subsection.
5772
5773@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5774unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5775backwards.
5776
5777@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5778@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5779@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5780Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5781may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5782a chance to share your improved assembler.
5783
5784Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5785to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5786people's assemblers.
5787
5788When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5789intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5790absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5791@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5792
5793@node P2align
5794@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5795
5796@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5797@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5798Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5799storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5800number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5801advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5802counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5803multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5804
5805The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5806padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5807padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5808marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5809with no-op instructions.
5810
5811The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5812it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5813directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5814specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5815fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5816required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5817with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5818
5819@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5820@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5821The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5822@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5823pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5824fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
58252,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5826filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5827the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5828undefined.
5829
ccf8a69b
BW
5830@ifset ELF
5831@node PopSection
5832@section @code{.popsection}
5833
5834@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5835@cindex Section Stack
5836This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5837@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5838@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5839(@pxref{Previous}).
5840
5841This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5842section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5843stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5844@end ifset
5845
c91d2e08
NC
5846@ifset ELF
5847@node Previous
5848@section @code{.previous}
5849
c1253627 5850@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5851@cindex Section Stack
5852This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5853@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5854@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5855(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5856
5857This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5858referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5859@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5860subsections). For example:
5861
5862@smallexample
5863.section A
5864 .subsection 1
5865 .word 0x1234
5866 .subsection 2
5867 .word 0x5678
5868.previous
5869 .word 0x9abc
5870@end smallexample
5871
5872Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5873section A. Whilst:
5874
5875@smallexample
5876.section A
5877.subsection 1
5878 # Now in section A subsection 1
5879 .word 0x1234
5880.section B
5881.subsection 0
5882 # Now in section B subsection 0
5883 .word 0x5678
5884.subsection 1
5885 # Now in section B subsection 1
5886 .word 0x9abc
5887.previous
5888 # Now in section B subsection 0
5889 .word 0xdef0
5890@end smallexample
5891
5892Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5893section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5894
5895In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5896the top section on the section stack.
5897@end ifset
5898
252b5132
RH
5899@node Print
5900@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5901
5902@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5903@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5904assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5905
c91d2e08
NC
5906@ifset ELF
5907@node Protected
5908@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5909
c1253627
NC
5910@cindex @code{protected} directive
5911@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5912This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5913@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5914
5915This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5916their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5917@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5918components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5919component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5920this.
c91d2e08
NC
5921@end ifset
5922
252b5132
RH
5923@node Psize
5924@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5925
5926@cindex @code{psize} directive
5927@cindex listing control: paper size
5928@cindex paper size, for listings
5929Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5930number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5931
5932If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5933of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5934default width is 200 columns.
5935
a4fb0134 5936@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5937lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5938@code{.eject}).
5939
5940If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5941those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5942
5943@node Purgem
5944@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5945
5946@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5947Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5948expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5949
c91d2e08
NC
5950@ifset ELF
5951@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5952@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5953
c1253627 5954@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5955@cindex Section Stack
5956This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5957@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5958@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5959(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5960
e9863d7f
DJ
5961This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5962top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5963subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5964@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5965as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5966@end ifset
5967
252b5132
RH
5968@node Quad
5969@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5970
5971@cindex @code{quad} directive
5972@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5973each bignum, it emits
5974@ifclear bignum-16
5975an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5976warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5977@cindex eight-byte integer
5978@cindex integer, 8-byte
5979
5980The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5981hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5982@end ifclear
5983@ifset bignum-16
5984a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5985warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5986@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5987@cindex integer, 16-byte
5988@end ifset
5989
05e9452c
AM
5990@node Reloc
5991@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5992
5993@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5994Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5995@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5996the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5997symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5998@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5999absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6000targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6001relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6002section.
6003
252b5132
RH
6004@node Rept
6005@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6006
6007@cindex @code{rept} directive
6008Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6009@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6010
6011For example, assembling
6012
6013@example
6014 .rept 3
6015 .long 0
6016 .endr
6017@end example
6018
6019is equivalent to assembling
6020
6021@example
6022 .long 0
6023 .long 0
6024 .long 0
6025@end example
6026
6027@node Sbttl
6028@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6029
6030@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6031@cindex subtitles for listings
6032@cindex listing control: subtitle
6033Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6034title line) when generating assembly listings.
6035
6036This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6037it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6038
6039@ifset COFF
6040@node Scl
6041@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6042
6043@cindex @code{scl} directive
6044@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6045@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6046Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6047used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6048whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6049symbolic debugging information.
6050@ifset BOUT
6051
6052The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6053configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6054accepts this directive but ignores it.
6055@end ifset
6056@end ifset
6057
c1253627 6058@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6059@node Section
c1253627 6060@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6061
252b5132
RH
6062@cindex named section
6063Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6064named @var{name}.
6065
6066This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6067named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6068with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6069
c1253627
NC
6070@ifset COFF
6071@ifset ELF
6072@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6073@subheading COFF Version
6074@end ifset
6075
6076@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6077For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6078ways:
c91d2e08 6079
252b5132
RH
6080@smallexample
6081.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6082.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6083@end smallexample
6084
6085If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6086section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6087@table @code
6088@item b
6089bss section (uninitialized data)
6090@item n
6091section is not loaded
6092@item w
6093writable section
6094@item d
6095data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6096@item e
6097exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6098@item r
6099read-only section
6100@item x
6101executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6102@item s
6103shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6104@item a
6105ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6106@item y
6107section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6108@item 0-9
6109single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6110@end table
6111
6112If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6113the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6114loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6115from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6116will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6117
6118If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6119taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6120@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6121
6122@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6123@ifset COFF
6124@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6125@subheading ELF Version
6126@end ifset
6127
c91d2e08
NC
6128@cindex Section Stack
6129This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6130@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6131(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6132@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6133
c1253627 6134@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6135For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6136
252b5132 6137@smallexample
7047dd1e 6138.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6139@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6140
252b5132 6141The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6142combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6143@table @code
6144@item a
6145section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6146@item e
6147section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6148@item w
6149section is writable
6150@item x
6151section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6152@item M
6153section is mergeable
6154@item S
6155section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6156@item G
6157section is a member of a section group
6158@item T
6159section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6160@item ?
6161section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6162@end table
6163
6164The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6165@table @code
6166@item @@progbits
6167section contains data
6168@item @@nobits
6169section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6170@item @@note
6171section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6172@item @@init_array
6173section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6174@item @@fini_array
6175section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6176@item @@preinit_array
6177section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6178@end table
6179
10b016c2
PB
6180Many targets only support the first three section types.
6181
ececec60
NC
6182Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6183ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6184@code{%} character.
6185
22fe14ad 6186If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6187be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6188
6189@smallexample
6190.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6191@end smallexample
6192
6193Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6194constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6195@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6196@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6197the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6198absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6199which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6200@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6201@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6202
6203If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6204be present along with an additional field like this:
6205
6206@smallexample
6207.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6208@end smallexample
6209
6210The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6211particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6212@table @code
6213@item comdat
6214indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6215@item .gnu.linkonce
6216an alias for comdat
6217@end table
6218
96e9638b 6219Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6220the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6221
6222@smallexample
6223.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6224@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6225
01642c12
RM
6226If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6227@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6228present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6229this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6230@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6231If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6232
252b5132
RH
6233If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6234the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6235none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6236executable. The section will contain data.
6237
6238For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6239directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6240
252b5132
RH
6241@smallexample
6242.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6243@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6244
252b5132
RH
6245Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6246separated flags:
6247@table @code
6248@item #alloc
6249section is allocatable
6250@item #write
6251section is writable
6252@item #execinstr
6253section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6254@item #exclude
6255section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6256@item #tls
6257section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6258@end table
c91d2e08 6259
e9863d7f
DJ
6260This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6261contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6262some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6263work.
c1253627
NC
6264@end ifset
6265@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6266
6267@node Set
6268@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6269
6270@cindex @code{set} directive
6271@cindex symbol value, setting
6272Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6273changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6274@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6275flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6276
6277You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6278
6279If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6280file is the last value stored into it.
6281
3c9b82ba
NC
6282@ifset Z80
6283On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6284@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6285@end ifset
6286
252b5132
RH
6287@node Short
6288@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6289
6290@cindex @code{short} directive
6291@ifset GENERIC
6292@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6293@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6294
6295In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6296numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6297@end ifset
6298@ifclear GENERIC
6299@ifset W16
6300@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6301@end ifset
6302@ifset W32
6303This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6304a 16 bit number for each.
6305@end ifset
6306@end ifclear
6307
6308@node Single
6309@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6310
6311@cindex @code{single} directive
6312@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6313This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6314has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6315@ifset GENERIC
6316The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6317@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6318@end ifset
6319@ifclear GENERIC
6320@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6321On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6322numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6323@end ifset
6324@end ifclear
6325
c1253627 6326@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6327@node Size
c1253627 6328@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6329
c1253627
NC
6330This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6331
6332@ifset COFF
6333@ifset ELF
6334@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6335@subheading COFF Version
6336@end ifset
6337
6338@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6339For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6340@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6341
6342@smallexample
6343.size @var{expression}
6344@end smallexample
252b5132 6345
c91d2e08 6346@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6347@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6348@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6349ignores it.
6350@end ifset
c1253627 6351@end ifset
c91d2e08 6352
c1253627
NC
6353@ifset ELF
6354@ifset COFF
6355@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6356@subheading ELF Version
6357@end ifset
6358
6359@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6360For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6361
c1253627
NC
6362@smallexample
6363.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6364@end smallexample
6365
6366This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6367The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6368arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6369symbols.
c1253627
NC
6370@end ifset
6371@end ifset
252b5132 6372
252b5132
RH
6373@ifclear no-space-dir
6374@node Skip
6375@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6376
6377@cindex @code{skip} directive
6378@cindex filling memory
6379This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6380@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6381@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6382@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6383@end ifclear
252b5132 6384
ccf8a69b
BW
6385@node Sleb128
6386@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6387
6388@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6389@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6390compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6391symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6392
884f0d36 6393@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6394@node Space
6395@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6396
6397@cindex @code{space} directive
6398@cindex filling memory
6399This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6400@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6401and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6402as @samp{.skip}.
6403
6404@ifset HPPA
6405@quotation
6406@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6407targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6408Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6409@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6410for a summary.
6411@end quotation
6412@end ifset
6413@end ifclear
6414
252b5132
RH
6415@ifset have-stabs
6416@node Stab
6417@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6418
6419@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6420@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6421There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6422All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6423The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6424cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6425Up to five fields are required:
6426
6427@table @var
6428@item string
6429This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6430@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6431debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6432using this field.
6433
6434@item type
6435An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6436this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6437and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6438
6439@item other
6440An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6441low 8 bits of this expression.
6442
6443@item desc
6444An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6445bits of this expression.
6446
6447@item value
6448An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6449@end table
6450
6451If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6452or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6453you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6454compatible with earlier assemblers!
6455
6456@table @code
6457@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6458@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6459
6460The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6461It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6462null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6463strings.
6464
6465The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6466relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6467is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6468assembled.
6469
6470@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6471@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6472The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6473
6474@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6475@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6476All five fields are specified.
6477@end table
6478@end ifset
6479@c end have-stabs
6480
6481@node String
38a57ae7 6482@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6483"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6484
6485@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6486@cindex string8, copying to object file
6487@cindex string16, copying to object file
6488@cindex string32, copying to object file
6489@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6490@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6491@cindex @code{string8} directive
6492@cindex @code{string16} directive
6493@cindex @code{string32} directive
6494@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6495
6496Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6497one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6498particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6499You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6500
01642c12 6501The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6502the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6503copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6504are stored in target endianness byte order.
6505
6506Example:
6507@smallexample
6508 .string32 "BYE"
6509expands to:
6510 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6511 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6512@end smallexample
6513
6514
252b5132
RH
6515@node Struct
6516@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6517
6518@cindex @code{struct} directive
6519Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6520which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6521@smallexample
6522 .struct 0
6523field1:
6524 .struct field1 + 4
6525field2:
6526 .struct field2 + 4
6527field3:
6528@end smallexample
6529This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6530@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6531value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6532use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6533before further assembly.
6534
c91d2e08
NC
6535@ifset ELF
6536@node SubSection
6537@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6538
c1253627 6539@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6540@cindex Section Stack
6541This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6542@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6543@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6544(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6545
6546This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6547section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6548in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6549@end ifset
6550
252b5132
RH
6551@ifset ELF
6552@node Symver
6553@section @code{.symver}
6554@cindex @code{symver} directive
6555@cindex symbol versioning
6556@cindex versions of symbols
6557Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6558within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6559typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6560There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6561into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6562shared library.
6563
79082ff0 6564For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6565@smallexample
6566.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6567@end smallexample
339681c0 6568If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6569being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6570alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6571just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6572permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6573of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6574itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6575have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6576file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6577function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6578the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6579building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6580symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6581nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6582
6583If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6584references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6585reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6586symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6587
6588Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6589@smallexample
6590.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6591@end smallexample
6592In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6593the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6594difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6595references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6596
6597The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6598@smallexample
6599.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6600@end smallexample
6601When @var{name} is not defined within the
6602file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6603@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6604name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6605@end ifset
6606
6607@ifset COFF
6608@node Tag
6609@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6610
6611@cindex COFF structure debugging
6612@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6613@cindex @code{tag} directive
6614This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6615information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6616@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6617definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6618@ifset BOUT
6619
6620@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6621@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6622ignores it.
6623@end ifset
6624@end ifset
6625
6626@node Text
6627@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6628
6629@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6630Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6631the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6632expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6633is used.
6634
6635@node Title
6636@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6637
6638@cindex @code{title} directive
6639@cindex listing control: title line
6640Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6641source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6642
6643This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6644it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6645
c1253627 6646@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6647@node Type
c1253627
NC
6648@section @code{.type}
6649
6650This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6651
6652@ifset COFF
6653@ifset ELF
6654@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6655@subheading COFF Version
6656@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6657
6658@cindex COFF symbol type
6659@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6660@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6661For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6662@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6663
6664@smallexample
6665.type @var{int}
6666@end smallexample
6667
6668This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6669entry.
252b5132 6670
c91d2e08 6671@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6672@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6673@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6674directive but ignores it.
6675@end ifset
c1253627 6676@end ifset
c91d2e08 6677
c1253627
NC
6678@ifset ELF
6679@ifset COFF
6680@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6681@subheading ELF Version
6682@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6683
6684@cindex ELF symbol type
6685@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6686@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6687For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6688
6689@smallexample
6690.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6691@end smallexample
6692
6693This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6694function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6695supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6696compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6697
6698Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6699@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6700below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6701the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6702maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6703assemblers.
6704
6705The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6706
6707@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6708 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6709 .type <name>,#<type>
6710 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6711 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6712 .type <name>,"<type>"
6713@end smallexample
6714
6715The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6716
5671778d
NC
6717@table @gcctabopt
6718@item STT_FUNC
6719@itemx function
6720Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6721
d8045f23
NC
6722@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6723@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6724Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6725processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6726
5671778d
NC
6727@item STT_OBJECT
6728@itemx object
6729Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6730
6731@item STT_TLS
6732@itemx tls_object
6733Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6734
6735@item STT_COMMON
6736@itemx common
6737Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6738
6739@item STT_NOTYPE
6740@itemx notype
6741Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6742
3e7a7d11
NC
6743@item gnu_unique_object
6744Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6745will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6746name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6747systems).
3e7a7d11 6748
5671778d
NC
6749@end table
6750
6751Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6752
c1253627
NC
6753@end ifset
6754@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6755
6756@node Uleb128
6757@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6758
6759@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6760@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6761compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6762symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6763
6764@ifset COFF
6765@node Val
6766@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6767
6768@cindex @code{val} directive
6769@cindex COFF value attribute
6770@cindex value attribute, COFF
6771This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6772records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6773entry.
6774@ifset BOUT
6775
a4fb0134 6776@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6777configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6778@end ifset
6779@end ifset
6780
2e13b764 6781@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6782@node Version
6783@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6784
c1253627 6785@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6786This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6787formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6788@end ifset
2e13b764 6789
c91d2e08
NC
6790@ifset ELF
6791@node VTableEntry
6792@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6793
653cfe85 6794@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6795This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6796@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6797
c91d2e08
NC
6798@node VTableInherit
6799@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6800
653cfe85 6801@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6802This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6803@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6804parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6805parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6806@end ifset
2e13b764 6807
d190d046
HPN
6808@node Warning
6809@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6810@cindex warning directive
6811Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6812(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6813
c91d2e08
NC
6814@node Weak
6815@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6816
c1253627 6817@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6818This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6819@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6820
01642c12 6821On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6822directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6823@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6824
977cdf5a 6825On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6826When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6827alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6828
06e77878
AO
6829@node Weakref
6830@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6831
6832@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6833This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6834be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6835If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6836will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6837symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6838
6839The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6840assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6841symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6842resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6843had the references to the alias removed.
6844
6845The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6846within the assembler.
6847
252b5132
RH
6848@node Word
6849@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6850
6851@cindex @code{word} directive
6852This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6853separated by commas.
6854@ifclear GENERIC
6855@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6856For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6857@end ifset
6858@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6859For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6860@end ifset
6861@end ifclear
6862@ifset GENERIC
6863
6864The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6865depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6866@end ifset
6867
6868@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6869@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6870@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6871@cindex difference tables altered
6872@cindex altered difference tables
6873@quotation
6874@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6875@end quotation
6876
6877@ifset GENERIC
6878Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6879addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6880interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6881@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6882
6883@end ifset
6884In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6885@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6886Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6887compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6888directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6889@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6890creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6891This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6892first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6893of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6894table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6895contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6896@code{sym2}.
6897
6898If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6899secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6900@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6901long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6902and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6903minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6904entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6905
6906@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6907@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6908@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6909assembly language programmers.
6910@end ifset
6911@end ifset
6912@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6913
6914@node Deprecated
6915@section Deprecated Directives
6916
6917@cindex deprecated directives
6918@cindex obsolescent directives
6919One day these directives won't work.
6920They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6921@table @t
6922@item .abort
6923@item .line
6924@end table
6925
3a99f02f
DJ
6926@ifset ELF
6927@node Object Attributes
6928@chapter Object Attributes
6929@cindex object attributes
6930
6931@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6932into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6933Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6934point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6935requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6936passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6937hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6938generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6939newer generation at run-time.
6940
6941This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6942@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6943time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6944correctly.
6945
6946Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6947attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6948string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6949and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6950or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6951attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6952
6953Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6954The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6955
6956@menu
6957* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6958* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6959@end menu
6960
6961@node GNU Object Attributes
6962@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6963
6964The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6965with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6966
6967Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6968its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6969an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
69702} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6971architecture-dependent ones.
6972
6973@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6974
6975These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6976
6977@table @r
6978@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6979The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6980the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6981then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6982than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6983arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6984@end table
6985
6986@subsection MIPS Attributes
6987
6988@table @r
6989@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6990The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6991
6992@itemize @bullet
6993@item
69940 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6995@item
69961 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6997FPU.
6998@item
69992 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7000@item
70013 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
7002@item
70034 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
7004double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
7005purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7006@end itemize
7007@end table
7008
7009@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7010
7011@table @r
7012@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7013The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7014
7015@itemize @bullet
7016@item
70170 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7018@item
3c7b9897 70191 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7020@item
70212 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7022@item
70233 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7024@end itemize
7025
7026@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7027The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7028
7029@itemize @bullet
7030@item
70310 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7032@item
70331 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7034@item
70352 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7036@item
70373 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7038@end itemize
7039@end table
7040
7041@node Defining New Object Attributes
7042@section Defining New Object Attributes
7043
7044If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7045will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7046mailing list.
7047
7048@itemize @bullet
7049@item
7050This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7051@item
7052The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7053@item
7054The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7055and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7056@item
7057Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7058@item
7059@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7060@item
7061GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7062@end itemize
7063
7064@end ifset
7065
252b5132
RH
7066@ifset GENERIC
7067@node Machine Dependencies
7068@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7069
7070@cindex machine dependencies
7071The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7072each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7073vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7074directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7075assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7076@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7077optimization.
7078
7079This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7080include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7081subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7082
7083@menu
a06ea964
NC
7084@ifset AARCH64
7085* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7086@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7087@ifset ALPHA
7088* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7089@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7090@ifset ARC
7091* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7092@end ifset
7093@ifset ARM
7094* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7095@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7096@ifset AVR
7097* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7098@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7099@ifset Blackfin
7100* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7101@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7102@ifset CR16
7103* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7104@end ifset
8bf549a8 7105@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7106* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7107@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7108@ifset D10V
7109* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7110@end ifset
7111@ifset D30V
7112* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7113@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7114@ifset EPIPHANY
7115* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7116@end ifset
252b5132 7117@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7118* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7119@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7120@ifset HPPA
7121* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7122@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7123@ifset I370
7124* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7125@end ifset
252b5132 7126@ifset I80386
55b62671 7127* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7128@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7129@ifset I860
7130* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7131@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7132@ifset I960
7133* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7134@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7135@ifset IA64
7136* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7137@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7138@ifset IP2K
7139* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7140@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7141@ifset LM32
7142* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7143@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7144@ifset M32C
7145* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7146@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7147@ifset M32R
7148* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7149@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7150@ifset M680X0
7151* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7152@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7153@ifset M68HC11
7154* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7155@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7156@ifset METAG
7157* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7158@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7159@ifset MICROBLAZE
7160* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7161@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7162@ifset MIPS
7163* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7164@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7165@ifset MMIX
7166* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7167@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7168@ifset MSP430
7169* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7170@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7171@ifset NDS32
7172* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7173@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7174@ifset NIOSII
7175* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7176@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7177@ifset NS32K
7178* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7179@end ifset
252b5132 7180@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7181* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7182* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7183@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7184@ifset PDP11
7185* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7186@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7187@ifset PJ
7188* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7189@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7190@ifset PPC
7191* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7192@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7193@ifset RL78
7194* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7195@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7196@ifset RX
7197* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7198@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7199@ifset S390
7200* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7201@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7202@ifset SCORE
7203* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7204@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7205@ifset SPARC
7206* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7207@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7208@ifset TIC54X
7209* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7210@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7211@ifset TIC6X
7212* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7213@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7214@ifset TILEGX
7215* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7216@end ifset
7217@ifset TILEPRO
7218* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7219@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7220@ifset V850
7221* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7222@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7223@ifset XGATE
7224* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7225@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7226@ifset XSTORMY16
7227* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7228@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7229@ifset XTENSA
7230* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7231@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7232@ifset Z80
7233* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7234@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7235@ifset Z8000
7236* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7237@end ifset
7238@ifset VAX
7239* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7240@end ifset
7241@end menu
7242
7243@lowersections
7244@end ifset
7245
7246@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7247@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7248@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7249@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7250@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7251@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7252@c in both conditional blocks.
7253
a06ea964
NC
7254@ifset AARCH64
7255@include c-aarch64.texi
7256@end ifset
7257
625e1353
RH
7258@ifset ALPHA
7259@include c-alpha.texi
7260@end ifset
7261
7262@ifset ARC
7263@include c-arc.texi
7264@end ifset
7265
252b5132
RH
7266@ifset ARM
7267@include c-arm.texi
7268@end ifset
7269
8473f7a4
DC
7270@ifset AVR
7271@include c-avr.texi
7272@end ifset
7273
3b4e1885 7274@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7275@include c-bfin.texi
7276@end ifset
7277
3d3d428f
NC
7278@ifset CR16
7279@include c-cr16.texi
7280@end ifset
7281
328eb32e
HPN
7282@ifset CRIS
7283@include c-cris.texi
7284@end ifset
7285
c2dcd04e 7286@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7287@ifclear GENERIC
7288@node Machine Dependencies
7289@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7290
c2dcd04e 7291The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7292and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7293chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7294family.
7295
7296@menu
c2dcd04e 7297* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7298* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7299@end menu
7300@lowersections
7301@end ifclear
7302@end ifset
7303
7304@ifset D10V
7305@include c-d10v.texi
7306@end ifset
7307
7308@ifset D30V
7309@include c-d30v.texi
7310@end ifset
7311
cfb8c092
NC
7312@ifset EPIPHANY
7313@include c-epiphany.texi
7314@end ifset
7315
252b5132
RH
7316@ifset H8/300
7317@include c-h8300.texi
7318@end ifset
7319
252b5132
RH
7320@ifset HPPA
7321@include c-hppa.texi
7322@end ifset
7323
5b93d8bb
AM
7324@ifset I370
7325@include c-i370.texi
7326@end ifset
7327
252b5132
RH
7328@ifset I80386
7329@include c-i386.texi
7330@end ifset
7331
e3308d0d
JE
7332@ifset I860
7333@include c-i860.texi
7334@end ifset
7335
252b5132
RH
7336@ifset I960
7337@include c-i960.texi
7338@end ifset
7339
9e32ca89
NC
7340@ifset IA64
7341@include c-ia64.texi
7342@end ifset
7343
a40cbfa3
NC
7344@ifset IP2K
7345@include c-ip2k.texi
7346@end ifset
7347
84e94c90
NC
7348@ifset LM32
7349@include c-lm32.texi
7350@end ifset
7351
49f58d10
JB
7352@ifset M32C
7353@include c-m32c.texi
7354@end ifset
7355
ec694b89
NC
7356@ifset M32R
7357@include c-m32r.texi
7358@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7359
7360@ifset M680X0
7361@include c-m68k.texi
7362@end ifset
7363
60bcf0fa
NC
7364@ifset M68HC11
7365@include c-m68hc11.texi
7366@end ifset
7367
a3c62988
NC
7368@ifset METAG
7369@include c-metag.texi
7370@end ifset
7371
01642c12 7372@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7373@include c-microblaze.texi
7374@end ifset
7375
252b5132
RH
7376@ifset MIPS
7377@include c-mips.texi
7378@end ifset
7379
3c3bdf30
NC
7380@ifset MMIX
7381@include c-mmix.texi
7382@end ifset
7383
2469cfa2
NC
7384@ifset MSP430
7385@include c-msp430.texi
7386@end ifset
7387
35c08157
KLC
7388@ifset NDS32
7389@include c-nds32.texi
7390@end ifset
7391
36591ba1
SL
7392@ifset NIOSII
7393@include c-nios2.texi
7394@end ifset
7395
252b5132
RH
7396@ifset NS32K
7397@include c-ns32k.texi
7398@end ifset
7399
e135f41b
NC
7400@ifset PDP11
7401@include c-pdp11.texi
7402@end ifset
7403
041dd5a9
ILT
7404@ifset PJ
7405@include c-pj.texi
7406@end ifset
7407
418c1742
MG
7408@ifset PPC
7409@include c-ppc.texi
7410@end ifset
7411
99c513f6
DD
7412@ifset RL78
7413@include c-rl78.texi
7414@end ifset
7415
046d31c2
NC
7416@ifset RX
7417@include c-rx.texi
7418@end ifset
7419
11c19e16
MS
7420@ifset S390
7421@include c-s390.texi
7422@end ifset
7423
c0157db4
NC
7424@ifset SCORE
7425@include c-score.texi
7426@end ifset
7427
252b5132
RH
7428@ifset SH
7429@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7430@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7431@end ifset
7432
7433@ifset SPARC
7434@include c-sparc.texi
7435@end ifset
7436
39bec121
TW
7437@ifset TIC54X
7438@include c-tic54x.texi
7439@end ifset
7440
40b36596
JM
7441@ifset TIC6X
7442@include c-tic6x.texi
7443@end ifset
7444
aa137e4d
NC
7445@ifset TILEGX
7446@include c-tilegx.texi
7447@end ifset
7448
7449@ifset TILEPRO
7450@include c-tilepro.texi
7451@end ifset
7452
3c9b82ba
NC
7453@ifset Z80
7454@include c-z80.texi
7455@end ifset
7456
252b5132
RH
7457@ifset Z8000
7458@include c-z8k.texi
7459@end ifset
7460
7461@ifset VAX
7462@include c-vax.texi
7463@end ifset
7464
7465@ifset V850
7466@include c-v850.texi
7467@end ifset
7468
f6c1a2d5
NC
7469@ifset XGATE
7470@include c-xgate.texi
7471@end ifset
7472
6753e72f
NC
7473@ifset XSTORMY16
7474@include c-xstormy16.texi
7475@end ifset
7476
e0001a05
NC
7477@ifset XTENSA
7478@include c-xtensa.texi
7479@end ifset
7480
252b5132
RH
7481@ifset GENERIC
7482@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7483@raisesections
7484@end ifset
7485
7486@node Reporting Bugs
7487@chapter Reporting Bugs
7488@cindex bugs in assembler
7489@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7490
a4fb0134 7491Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7492
7493Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7494not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7495entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7496Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7497
7498In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7499information that enables us to fix the bug.
7500
7501@menu
7502* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7503* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7504@end menu
7505
7506@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7507@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7508@cindex bug criteria
7509
7510If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7511
7512@itemize @bullet
7513@cindex fatal signal
7514@cindex assembler crash
7515@cindex crash of assembler
7516@item
7517If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7518@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7519
7520@cindex error on valid input
7521@item
a4fb0134 7522If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7523
7524@cindex invalid input
7525@item
a4fb0134 7526If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7527is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7528be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7529
7530@item
7531If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7532of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7533@end itemize
7534
7535@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7536@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7537@cindex bug reports
7538@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7539
7540A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7541you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7542contact that organization first.
7543
7544You can find contact information for many support companies and
7545individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7546distribution.
7547
ad22bfe8 7548@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7549In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7550to @value{BUGURL}.
7551@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7552
7553The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7554@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7555fact or leave it out, state it!
7556
7557Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7558and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7559name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7560not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7561happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7562perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7563the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7564give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7565and the most helpful.
7566
7567Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7568it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7569that the bug has not been reported previously.
7570
7571Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7572bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7573respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7574You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7575
7576To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7577
7578@itemize @bullet
7579@item
a4fb0134 7580The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7581it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7582
7583Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7584the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7585
7586@item
a4fb0134 7587Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7588
7589@item
7590The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7591version number.
7592
7593@item
a4fb0134 7594What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7595``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7596
7597@item
7598The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7599observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7600all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7601
7602If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7603and then we might not encounter the bug.
7604
7605@item
7606A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7607the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7608high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7609when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7610the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7611file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7612@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7613
7614@item
7615A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7616incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7617
a4fb0134 7618Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7619will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7620notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7621make a mistake.
7622
7623Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7624explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7625@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7626library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7627would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7628would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7629expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7630observations.
7631
7632@item
a4fb0134 7633If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7634diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7635option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7636discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7637by line number.
7638
7639The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7640sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7641@end itemize
7642
7643Here are some things that are not necessary:
7644
7645@itemize @bullet
7646@item
7647A description of the envelope of the bug.
7648
7649Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7650which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7651changes will not affect it.
7652
7653This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7654will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7655with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7656We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7657
7658Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7659of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7660output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7661less time, and so on.
7662
7663However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7664report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7665
7666@item
7667A patch for the bug.
7668
7669A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7670the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7671a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7672to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7673
a4fb0134 7674Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7675construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7676the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7677one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7678
7679And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7680patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7681help us to understand.
7682
7683@item
7684A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7685
7686Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7687things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7688@end itemize
7689
7690@node Acknowledgements
7691@chapter Acknowledgements
7692
653cfe85 7693If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7694it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7695maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7696@c (October 2012),
7697the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7698
7699Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7700more details?}
7701
7702Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7703information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7704extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7705
7706K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7707many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7708up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7709testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7710including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7711and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7712support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7713port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7714file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7715assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7716
7717Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7718in format-specific I/O modules.
7719
7720The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7721has done much work with it since.
7722
7723The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7724
7725Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7726
7727The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7728University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7729
7730Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7731(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7732(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7733support a.out format.
7734
7be1c489
AM
7735Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7736tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7737Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7738use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7739targets.
7740
7741John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7742simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7743updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7744fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7745remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7746cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7747required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7748
7749Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
775068k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7751added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7752PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7753
653cfe85 7754Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7755
7756Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7757
7758Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7759along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7760formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7761the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7762
7763Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7764Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7765Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7766Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7767and some initial 64-bit support).
7768
c1253627 7769Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7770
252b5132
RH
7771Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7772support for openVMS/Alpha.
7773
39bec121
TW
7774Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7775flavors.
7776
e0001a05 7777David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7778Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7779
252b5132
RH
7780Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7781configuration enhancements.
7782
84e94c90
NC
7783Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7784
252b5132
RH
7785Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7786you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7787want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7788intentionally leaving anyone out.
7789
793c5807
NC
7790@node GNU Free Documentation License
7791@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7792@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7793
370b66a1
CD
7794@node AS Index
7795@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7796
7797@printindex cp
7798
252b5132
RH
7799@bye
7800@c Local Variables:
7801@c fill-column: 79
7802@c End: